CCI Form 10-Q
UNITED
STATES
SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington,
D.C. 20549
FORM
10-Q
(Mark
One)
[X]
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT
OF 1934
For
the quarterly period ended March 31, 2006
or
[ ]
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT
OF 1934
For
the transition period from ________ to _________
Commission
file number: 000-27927
Charter
Communications, Inc.
(Exact
name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
|
|
43-1857213
|
(State
or other jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization)
|
|
(I.R.S.
Employer Identification
Number)
|
12405
Powerscourt Drive
St.
Louis, Missouri 63131
(Address
of principal executive offices including zip code)
(314)
965-0555
(Registrant's
telephone number, including area code)
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to
be
filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required
to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements
for
the past 90 days. YES [X] NO [ ]
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an
accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated
filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check
one):
Large
accelerated filer o Accelerated
filer
þ Non-accelerated
filer
o
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule
12b-2 of the Act). Yes oNo
þ
Number
of
shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of March
31,
2006:
438,437,984
Number
of
shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2006: 50,000
Charter
Communications, Inc.
Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the Period ended March 31, 2006
Table
of Contents
PART
I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
|
Page
|
|
|
Item
1. Report
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
4
|
|
|
Financial
Statements - Charter Communications, Inc. and
Subsidiaries
|
|
Condensed
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March
31, 2006
|
|
and
December 31, 2005
|
5
|
Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three
|
|
months
ended March
31, 2006 and
2005
|
6
|
Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the
|
|
three
months ended March
31, 2006
and 2005
|
7
|
Notes
to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
|
8
|
|
|
Item
2. Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
|
21
|
|
|
Item
3. Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
|
30
|
|
|
Item
4. Controls
and Procedures
|
30
|
|
|
PART
II. OTHER INFORMATION
|
|
|
|
Item
1. Legal
Proceedings
|
32
|
|
|
Item
1A. Risk Factors
|
32
|
|
|
Item
5. Other Information
|
42
|
|
|
Item
6. Exhibits
|
42
|
|
|
SIGNATURES
|
43
|
|
|
EXHIBIT
INDEX
|
44
|
This
quarterly report on Form 10-Q is for the three months ended March 31, 2006.
The Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") allows us to "incorporate by
reference" information that we file with the SEC, which means that we can
disclose important information to you by referring you directly to those
documents. Information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of
this quarterly report. In addition, information that we file with the SEC in
the
future will automatically update and supersede information contained in this
quarterly report. In this quarterly report, "we," "us" and "our" refer to
Charter Communications, Inc., Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC and
their subsidiaries.
CAUTIONARY
STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS:
This
quarterly
report includes
forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act"),
and
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange
Act"),
regarding, among other things, our plans, strategies and prospects, both
business and financial including, without limitation, the forward-looking
statements set forth in the "Results
of Operations"
and
"Liquidity
and Capital Resources"
sections
under Part I, Item 2. "Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations"
in this
quarterly
report.
Although we believe that our plans, intentions and expectations reflected in
or
suggested by these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot assure
you that we will achieve or realize these plans, intentions or expectations.
Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks, uncertainties and
assumptions including, without limitation, the factors described under
"Certain
Trends and Uncertainties"
under
Part I, Item 2. "Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations"
in this
quarterly
report.
Many of
the forward-looking statements contained in this quarterly
report may
be
identified by the use of forward-looking words such as "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "should," "planned," "will," "may," "intend," "estimated"
and
"potential"
among
others. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially
from the forward-looking statements we make in this quarterly
report are
set
forth in this quarterly
report and
in
other reports or documents that we file from time to time with the SEC, and
include, but are not limited to:
|
·
|
the
availability, in general, of funds to meet interest payment obligations
under our debt and to fund our operations and necessary capital
expenditures, either through cash flows from operating activities,
further
borrowings or other sources and, in particular, our ability to be
able to
provide under the applicable debt instruments such funds (by dividend,
investment or otherwise) to the applicable obligor of such
debt;
|
|
·
|
our
ability to comply with all covenants in our indentures and credit
facilities, any violation of which would result in a violation of
the
applicable facility or indenture and could trigger a default of other
obligations under cross-default
provisions;
|
|
·
|
our
ability to pay or refinance debt prior to or when it becomes due
and/or to
take advantage of market opportunities and market windows to refinance
that debt through new issuances, exchange offers or otherwise, including
restructuring our balance sheet and leverage
position;
|
|
·
|
our
ability to sustain and grow revenues and cash flows from operating
activities by offering video, high-speed Internet, telephone and
other
services and to maintain and grow a stable customer base, particularly
in
the face of increasingly aggressive competition from other service
providers;
|
|
·
|
our
ability to obtain programming at reasonable prices or to pass programming
cost increases on to our customers;
|
|
·
|
general
business conditions, economic uncertainty or slowdown;
and
|
|
·
|
the
effects of governmental regulation, including but not limited to
local
franchise authorities, on our business.
|
All
forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf
are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. We
are
under no duty or obligation to update any of the forward-looking statements
after the date of this quarterly
report.
PART
I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION.
Item
1. Financial
Statements.
The
Board
of Directors and Shareholders
Charter
Communications, Inc.:
We
have
reviewed the condensed consolidated balance sheet of Charter Communications,
Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of March 31, 2006, and the related
condensed consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the
three-month periods ended March 31, 2006 and 2005. These condensed consolidated
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.
We
conducted our reviews in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial
information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making
inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is
substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
the
objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial
statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an
opinion.
Based
on
our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be
made
to the condensed consolidated financial statements referred to above for them
to
be in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles.
We
have
previously audited, in accordance with standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet
of
the Company as of December 31, 2005, and the related consolidated statements
of
operations, changes in shareholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the
year then ended (not presented herein), and in our report dated February 27,
2006, which includes explanatory paragraphs regarding the adoption, effective
September 30, 2004, of EITF Topic D-108, Use
of the Residual Method to Value Acquired Assets Other than
Goodwill,
and
effective January 1, 2003, of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
No. 123, Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation,
as amended by SFAS No. 148, Accounting
for Stock Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure—an amendment of FASB
Statement No. 123, we
expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
In
our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed
consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all
material respects, in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which
it
has been derived.
/s/
KPMG
LLP
St.
Louis, Missouri
April
28,
2006
CONDENSED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(DOLLARS
IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
|
|
March
31,
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT
ASSETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
Accounts
receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$15
and $17, respectively
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
214
|
|
Prepaid
expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
92
|
|
Assets
held for sale
|
|
|
754
|
|
|
--
|
|
Total
current assets
|
|
|
1,030
|
|
|
327
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INVESTMENT
IN CABLE PROPERTIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property,
plant and equipment, net of accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
depreciation
of $7,098 and $6,749, respectively
|
|
|
5,440
|
|
|
5,840
|
|
Franchises,
net
|
|
|
9,287
|
|
|
9,826
|
|
Total
investment in cable properties, net
|
|
|
14,727
|
|
|
15,666
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER
NONCURRENT ASSETS
|
|
|
446
|
|
|
438
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
$
|
16,203
|
|
$
|
16,431
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES
AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT
LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts
payable and accrued expenses
|
|
$
|
1,285
|
|
$
|
1,191
|
|
Liabilities
held for sale
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
--
|
|
Total
current liabilities
|
|
|
1,304
|
|
|
1,191
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LONG-TERM
DEBT
|
|
|
19,522
|
|
|
19,388
|
|
NOTE
PAYABLE - RELATED PARTY
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
49
|
|
DEFERRED
MANAGEMENT FEES - RELATED PARTY
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
14
|
|
OTHER
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
517
|
|
MINORITY
INTEREST
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
188
|
|
PREFERRED
STOCK - REDEEMABLE; $.001 par value; 1 million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
shares
authorized; 36,713 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SHAREHOLDERS’
DEFICIT:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class
A Common stock; $.001 par value; 1.75 billion shares
authorized;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
438,437,984
and 416,204,671 shares issued and outstanding,
respectively
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
--
|
|
Class
B Common stock; $.001 par value; 750 million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
shares
authorized; 50,000 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
--
|
|
Preferred
stock; $.001 par value; 250 million shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
authorized;
no non-redeemable shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
--
|
|
Additional
paid-in capital
|
|
|
5,238
|
|
|
5,241
|
|
Accumulated
deficit
|
|
|
(10,625
|
)
|
|
(10,166
|
)
|
Accumulated
other comprehensive income
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
shareholders’ deficit
|
|
|
(5,383
|
)
|
|
(4,920
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
liabilities and shareholders’ deficit
|
|
$
|
16,203
|
|
$
|
16,431
|
|
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated
financial statements.
CHARTER
COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(DOLLARS
IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
Unaudited
|
|
Three
Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REVENUES
|
|
$
|
1,374
|
|
$
|
1,271
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COSTS
AND EXPENSES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
(excluding depreciation and amortization)
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
559
|
|
Selling,
general and administrative
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
241
|
|
Depreciation
and amortization
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
381
|
|
Asset
impairment charges
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
31
|
|
Other
operating expenses, net
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,367
|
|
|
1,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
from operations
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER
INCOME AND (EXPENSES):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
expense, net
|
|
|
(468
|
)
|
|
(420
|
)
|
Other
income, net
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(457
|
)
|
|
(388
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss
before income taxes
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
(337
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME
TAX EXPENSE
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
loss
|
|
|
(459
|
)
|
|
(352
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends
on preferred stock - redeemable
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
loss applicable to common stock
|
|
$
|
(459
|
)
|
$
|
(353
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOSS
PER COMMON SHARE, basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(1.45
|
)
|
$
|
(1.16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted
|
|
|
317,413,472
|
|
|
303,308,880
|
|
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated
financial statements.
CONDENSED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS
IN MILLIONS)
Unaudited
|
|
Three
Months Ended March
31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH
FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
loss
|
|
$
|
(459
|
)
|
$
|
(352
|
)
|
Adjustments
to reconcile net loss to net cash flows from operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
and amortization
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
381
|
|
Asset
impairment charges
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
31
|
|
Noncash
interest expense
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
49
|
|
Deferred
income taxes
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
13
|
|
Other,
net
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
(28
|
)
|
Changes
in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions
and
dispositions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts
receivable
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
45
|
|
Prepaid
expenses and other assets
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Accounts
payable, accrued expenses and other
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH
FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases
of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(241
|
)
|
|
(211
|
)
|
Change
in accrued expenses related to capital expenditures
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
14
|
|
Proceeds
from sale of assets
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
6
|
|
Purchase
of cable system
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
--
|
|
Purchases
of investments
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Proceeds
from investments
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
(276
|
)
|
|
(193
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH
FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings
of long-term debt
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
200
|
|
Repayments
of long-term debt
|
|
|
(759
|
)
|
|
(775
|
)
|
Proceeds
from issuance of debt
|
|
|
440
|
|
|
--
|
|
Payments
for debt issuance costs
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
(578
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
(618
|
)
|
CASH
AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH
AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH
PAID FOR INTEREST
|
|
$
|
240
|
|
$
|
249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NONCASH
TRANSACTIONS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance
of debt by Charter Communications Operating, LLC
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
$
|
271
|
|
Retirement
of Renaissance Media Group LLC debt
|
|
$
|
(37
|
)
|
$
|
--
|
|
Retirement
of Charter Communications Holdings, LLC debt
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
$
|
(284
|
)
|
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated
financial statements.
CHARTER
COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES
TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
(dollars
in millions, except share and per share amounts and where
indicated)
1. Organization
and Basis of Presentation
Charter
Communications, Inc. ("Charter") is a holding company whose principal assets
at
March 31, 2006 are the 48% controlling common equity interest in Charter
Communications Holding Company, LLC ("Charter Holdco") and "mirror" notes which
are payable by Charter Holdco to Charter and have the same principal amount
and
terms as those of Charter’s convertible senior notes. Charter Holdco is the sole
owner of CCHC, LLC ("CCHC"), which is the sole owner of Charter Communications
Holdings, LLC ("Charter Holdings"). The condensed consolidated financial
statements include the accounts of Charter, Charter Holdco, CCHC, Charter
Holdings and all of their subsidiaries where the underlying operations reside,
which are collectively referred to herein as the "Company." Charter has 100%
voting control over Charter Holdco and had historically consolidated on that
basis. Charter continues to consolidate Charter Holdco as a variable interest
entity under Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Interpretation
("FIN") 46(R) Consolidation
of Variable Interest Entities.
Charter
Holdco’s limited liability company agreement provides that so long as Charter’s
Class B common stock retains its special voting rights, Charter will maintain
a
100% voting interest in Charter Holdco. Voting control gives Charter full
authority and control over the operations of Charter Holdco. All significant
intercompany accounts and transactions among consolidated entities have been
eliminated. The Company is a broadband communications company operating in
the
United States. The Company offers its customers traditional cable video
programming (analog and digital video) as well as high-speed Internet services
and, in some areas, advanced broadband services such as high definition
television, video on demand and telephone. The Company sells its cable video
programming, high-speed Internet and advanced broadband services on a
subscription basis. The Company also sells local advertising on
satellite-delivered networks.
The
accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company have
been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in
the
United States for interim financial information and the rules and regulations
of
the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). Accordingly, certain
information and footnote disclosures typically included in Charter’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K have been condensed or omitted for this quarterly report.
The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited
and
are subject to review by regulatory authorities. However, in the opinion of
management, such financial statements include all adjustments, which consist
of
only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the
results for the periods presented. Interim results are not necessarily
indicative of results for a full year.
The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities
and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Areas involving significant judgments and estimates include
capitalization of labor and overhead costs; depreciation and amortization costs;
impairments of property, plant and equipment, franchises and goodwill; income
taxes; and contingencies. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
Reclassifications
Certain
2005 amounts have been reclassified to conform with the 2006
presentation.
2. Liquidity
and Capital Resources
The
Company had net loss applicable to common stock of $459 million and $353 million
for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company’s
net cash flows from operating activities were $209 million and $153 million
for
the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Recent
Financing Transactions
On
January 30, 2006, CCH II, LLC ("CCH II") and CCH II Capital Corp. issued $450
million in debt securities, the proceeds of which were provided, directly or
indirectly, to Charter Communications Operating, LLC ("Charter Operating"),
which used such funds to reduce borrowings, but not commitments, under the
revolving portion of its credit facilities.
CHARTER
COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES
TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
(dollars
in millions, except share and per share amounts and where
indicated)
In
April
2006, Charter Operating completed a $6.85 billion refinancing of its credit
facilities including a new $350 million revolving/term facility (which converts
to a term loan in one year), a $5.0 billion term loan due in 2013 and certain
amendments to the existing $1.5 billion revolving credit facility. In addition,
the refinancing reduced margins on Eurodollar rate loans to 2.625% from 3.15%
previously and margins on base rate loans to 1.625% from 2.15% previously.
Concurrent with this refinancing, the CCO Holdings, LLC ("CCO Holdings") Bridge
Loan (the "Bridge Loan") was terminated.
The
Company has a significant level of debt. The Company's long-term financing
as of
March 31, 2006 consists of $5.4 billion of credit facility debt, $13.3 billion
accreted value of high-yield notes and $866 million accreted value of
convertible senior notes. Pro forma for the completion of the credit facility
refinancing discussed above, $20 million of the Company’s debt matures in the
remainder of 2006, and in 2007 and 2008, an additional $130 million and $128
million mature, respectively. In 2009 and beyond, significant additional amounts
will become due under the Company’s remaining long-term debt
obligations.
The
Company requires significant cash to fund debt service costs, capital
expenditures and ongoing operations. The Company has historically funded these
requirements through cash flows from operating activities, borrowings under
its
credit facilities, sales of assets, issuances of debt and equity securities
and
cash on hand. However, the mix of funding sources changes from period to period.
For the three months ended March 31, 2006, the Company generated $209 million
of
net cash flows from operating activities, after paying cash interest of $240
million. In addition, the Company used approximately $241 million for purchases
of property, plant and equipment. Finally, the Company had net cash flows from
financing activities of $86 million.
The
Company expects that cash on hand, cash flows from operating activities,
proceeds from sales of assets and the amounts available under its credit
facilities will be adequate to meet its cash needs through 2007. The Company
believes that cash flows from operating activities and amounts available under
the Company’s credit facilities may not be sufficient to fund the Company’s
operations and satisfy its interest and debt repayment obligations in 2008
and
will not be sufficient to fund such needs in 2009 and beyond. The
Company continues to work with its financial advisors in its approach to
addressing liquidity, debt maturities and its overall balance sheet
leverage.
Debt
Covenants
The
Company’s ability to operate depends upon, among other things, its continued
access to capital, including credit under the Charter Operating credit
facilities. The Charter Operating credit facilities, along with the Company’s
indentures, contain certain restrictive covenants, some of which require the
Company to maintain specified financial ratios and meet financial tests and
to
provide annual audited financial statements with an unqualified opinion from
the
Company’s independent auditors. As of March 31, 2006, the Company is in
compliance with the covenants under its indentures and credit facilities, and
the Company expects to remain in compliance with those covenants for the next
twelve months. As of March 31, 2006, the
Company’s potential availability under its credit facilities totaled
approximately $904 million, although the actual availability at that time was
only $516 million because of limits imposed by covenant restrictions.
However, pro forma for the completion of the credit facility refinancing
discussed above, the Company’s potential availability under its credit
facilities as of March 31, 2006 would have been approximately $1.3 billion,
although actual covenanted availability of $516 million would remain unchanged.
Continued
access to the Company’s credit facilities is subject to the Company remaining in
compliance with these covenants, including covenants tied to the Company’s
operating performance. If any events of non-compliance occur, funding under
the
credit facilities may not be available and defaults on some or potentially
all
of the Company’s debt obligations could occur. An event of default under any of
the Company’s debt instruments could result in the acceleration of its payment
obligations under that debt and, under certain circumstances, in cross-defaults
under its other debt obligations, which could have a material adverse effect
on
the Company’s consolidated financial condition and results of
operations.
CHARTER
COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES
TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
(dollars
in millions, except share and per share amounts and where
indicated)
Specific
Limitations
Charter’s
ability to make interest payments on its convertible senior notes, and, in
2006
and 2009, to repay the outstanding principal of its convertible senior notes
of
$20 million and $863 million, respectively, will depend on its ability to raise
additional capital and/or on receipt of payments or distributions from Charter
Holdco and its subsidiaries. As
of
March
31,
2006,
Charter
Holdco was owed $24 million in intercompany loans from its subsidiaries, which
were available to pay interest and principal on Charter's convertible senior
notes. In
addition, Charter
has $99 million of governmental securities pledged as security for the next
four
scheduled semi-annual interest payments on Charter’s 5.875% convertible senior
notes.
Distributions
by Charter’s subsidiaries to a parent company (including Charter, CCHC and
Charter Holdco) for
payment of principal on parent company notes are
restricted under the indentures governing the CIH notes, CCH I notes, CCH II
notes, CCO Holdings notes and Charter Operating notes unless
there is no default, each applicable subsidiary’s leverage ratio test is met at
the time of such distribution and, in the case of the convertible senior notes,
other specified tests are met. For
the
quarter ended March 31, 2006, there was no default under any of these indentures
and the other specified tests were met. However, certain of the Company’s
subsidiaries did not meet their respective leverage ratio tests based on March
31, 2006 financial results.
As a
result, distributions from certain of the Company’s subsidiaries to their parent
companies have been restricted and will continue to be restricted until those
tests are met. Distributions
by Charter Operating for payment of principal on parent company notes are
further restricted by the covenants in the credit facilities.
Distributions
by CIH, CCH I, CCH II, CCO Holdings and Charter Operating to a parent company
for payment of parent company interest are permitted if there is no default
under the aforementioned indentures. However, distributions for payment of
interest on the convertible senior notes are further limited to when each
applicable subsidiary’s leverage ratio test is met and other specified tests are
met. There can be no assurance that they will satisfy these tests at the time
of
such distribution.
The
indentures governing the Charter Holdings notes permit Charter Holdings to
make
distributions to Charter Holdco for payment of interest or principal on the
convertible senior notes, only if, after giving effect to the distribution,
Charter Holdings can incur additional debt under the leverage ratio of 8.75
to
1.0, there is no default under Charter Holdings’ indentures and other specified
tests are met. For the quarter ended March
31,
2006, there
was
no default under Charter Holdings’ indentures and
the
other specified tests were met. However, Charter Holdings did not meet the
leverage ratio test of 8.75 to 1.0 based on March 31, 2006 financial
results.
As
a
result, distributions from Charter Holdings to Charter or Charter Holdco have
been restricted and will continue to be restricted until that test is met.
During
this restriction period,
the
indentures governing the Charter Holdings notes permit Charter Holdings and
its
subsidiaries to make specified investments (that are not restricted payments)
in
Charter Holdco or Charter up to an amount determined by a formula, as long
as
there is no default under the indentures.
3. Sale
of Assets
In
February 2006, the Company signed three separate definitive agreements to sell
certain cable television systems serving a total of approximately 360,000 analog
video customers in West Virginia, Virginia, Illinois, Kentucky,
Nevada,
Colorado, New Mexico and Utah
for a
total of approximately $971 million. As of March 31, 2006, those cable systems
met the criteria for assets held for sale under Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 144, Accounting
for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.
As
such, the assets were written down to fair value less estimated costs to sell
resulting in asset impairment charges during the three months ended March 31,
2006 of approximately $99 million. In addition, assets and liabilities to be
sold were reclassified as held for sale. Assets held for sale on the Company's
balance sheet as of March 31, 2006 included current assets of approximately
$5
million, property, plant and equipment of approximately $312 million and
franchises of approximately $437 million. Liabilities held for sale on the
Company's balance sheet as of March 31, 2006 included current liabilities of
approximately $6 million and other long-term liabilities of approximately $13
million.
CHARTER
COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES
TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
(dollars
in millions, except share and per share amounts and where
indicated)
In
2005,
the Company closed the sale of certain cable systems in Texas, West Virginia
and
Nebraska representing a total of approximately 33,000 analog video customers.
During the three months ended March 31, 2005, certain of those cable systems
met
the criteria for assets held for sale. As such, the assets were written down
to
fair value less estimated costs to sell resulting in asset impairment charges
during the three months ended March 31, 2005 of approximately $31 million.
4. Franchises
and Goodwill
Franchise
rights represent the value attributed to agreements with local authorities
that
allow access to homes in cable service areas acquired through the purchase
of
cable systems. Management estimates the fair value of franchise rights at the
date of acquisition and determines if the franchise has a finite life or an
indefinite-life as defined by SFAS No. 142, Goodwill
and Other Intangible Assets.
Franchises
that qualify for indefinite-life treatment under SFAS No. 142 are tested
for impairment annually each October 1 based on valuations, or more frequently
as warranted by events or changes in circumstances. Franchises are aggregated
into essentially inseparable asset groups to conduct the valuations. The asset
groups generally represent geographic clustering of the Company’s cable systems
into groups by which such systems are managed. Management believes such grouping
represents the highest and best use of those assets.
As
of
March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, indefinite-lived and finite-lived
intangible assets are presented in the following table:
|
|
March
31, 2006
|
|
December 31,
2005
|
|
|
|
Gross
Carrying
Amount
|
|
Accumulated
Amortization
|
|
Net
Carrying
Amount
|
|
Gross
Carrying
Amount
|
|
Accumulated
Amortization
|
|
Net
Carrying
Amount
|
|
Indefinite-lived
intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Franchises
with indefinite lives
|
|
$
|
9,270
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
$
|
9,270
|
|
$
|
9,806
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
$
|
9,806
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,322
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
$
|
9,322
|
|
$
|
9,858
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
$
|
9,858
|
|
Finite-lived
intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Franchises
with finite lives
|
|
$
|
23
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
$
|
27
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
For
the
three months ended March 31, 2006, the net carrying amount of indefinite-lived
and finite-lived franchises was reduced by $434 million and $3 million,
respectively, related to franchises reclassified as assets held for sale. For
the three months ended March 31, 2006, franchises with indefinite lives also
decreased $3 million related to a cable asset sale completed in the first
quarter of 2006 and $99 million as a result of the asset impairment charges
recorded related to assets held for sale (see Note 3). Franchise amortization
expense for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 was approximately
$0
and $1 million, respectively, which represents the amortization relating to
franchises that did not qualify for indefinite-life treatment under SFAS No.
142, including costs associated with franchise renewals. The Company expects
that amortization expense on franchise assets will be approximately $2 million
annually for each of the next five years. Actual amortization expense in future
periods could differ from these estimates as a result of new intangible asset
acquisitions or divestitures, changes in useful lives and other relevant
factors.
CHARTER
COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES
TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
(dollars
in millions, except share and per share amounts and where
indicated)
5. Accounts
Payable and Accrued
Expenses
Accounts
payable and accrued expenses consist of the following as of March 31, 2006
and
December 31, 2005:
|
|
March
31,
2006
|
|
December 31,
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts
payable - trade
|
|
$
|
90
|
|
$
|
114
|
|
Accrued
capital expenditures
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
73
|
|
Accrued
expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
333
|
|
Programming
costs
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
272
|
|
Franchise-related
fees
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
67
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
90
|
|
Other
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,285
|
|
$
|
1,191
|
|
6. Long-Term
Debt
Long-term
debt consists of the following as of March
31,
2006 and
December 31, 2005:
|
|
March
31, 2006
|
|
December
31, 2005
|
|
|
|
Principal
Amount
|
|
Accreted
Value
|
|
Principal
Amount
|
|
Accreted
Value
|
|
Long-Term
Debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charter
Communications, Inc.:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.750%
convertible senior notes due 2006
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
5.875%
convertible senior notes due 2009
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
843
|
|
Charter
Communications Holdings, LLC:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.250%
senior notes due 2007
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
105
|
|
8.625%
senior notes due 2009
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
292
|
|
9.920%
senior discount notes due 2011
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
198
|
|
10.000%
senior notes due 2009
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
154
|
|
10.250%
senior notes due 2010
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
49
|
|
11.750%
senior discount notes due 2010
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
43
|
|
10.750%
senior notes due 2009
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
131
|
|
11.125%
senior notes due 2011
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
217
|
|
13.500%
senior discount notes due 2011
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
94
|
|
9.625%
senior notes due 2009
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
107
|
|
10.000%
senior notes due 2011
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
136
|
|
11.750%
senior discount notes due 2011
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
120
|
|
12.125%
senior discount notes due 2012
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
100
|
|
CCH
I Holdings, LLC:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.125%
senior notes due 2014
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
151
|
|
9.920%
senior discount notes due 2014
|
|
|
471
|
|
|
471
|
|
|
471
|
|
|
471
|
|
10.000%
senior notes due 2014
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
299
|
|
11.750%
senior discount notes due 2014
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
804
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
781
|
|
13.500%
senior discount notes due 2014
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
578
|
|
12.125%
senior discount notes due 2015
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
192
|
|
CCH
I, LLC:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHARTER
COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES
TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
(dollars
in millions, except share and per share amounts and where
indicated)
11.000%
senior notes due 2015
|
|
|
3,525
|
|
|
3,680
|
|
|
3,525
|
|
|
3,683
|
|
CCH
II, LLC:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.250%
senior notes due 2010
|
|
|
2,051
|
|
|
2,041
|
|
|
1,601
|
|
|
1,601
|
|
CCO
Holdings, LLC:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8¾%
senior notes due 2013
|
|
|
800
|
|
|
795
|
|
|
800
|
|
|
794
|
|
Senior
floating notes due 2010
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
550
|
|
Charter
Communications Operating, LLC:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8%
senior second lien notes due 2012
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
8
3/8% senior second lien notes due 2014
|
|
|
770
|
|
|
770
|
|
|
733
|
|
|
733
|
|
Renaissance
Media Group LLC:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.000%
senior discount notes due 2008
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
115
|
|
Credit
Facilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charter
Operating
|
|
|
5,386
|
|
|
5,386
|
|
|
5,731
|
|
|
5,731
|
|
|
|
$
|
19,441
|
|
$
|
19,522
|
|
$
|
19,336
|
|
$
|
19,388
|
|
The
accreted values presented above generally represent the principal amount of
the
notes less the original issue discount at the time of sale plus the accretion
to
the balance sheet date except as follows. The accreted value of the CIH notes
issued in exchange for Charter Holdings notes and the portion of the CCH I
notes
issued in 2005 in exchange for the 8.625% Charter Holdings notes due 2009 are
recorded at the historical book values of the Charter Holdings notes for
financial reporting purposes as opposed to the current accreted value for legal
purposes and notes indenture purposes (the amount that is currently payable
if
the debt becomes immediately due). As of March 31, 2006, the accreted value
of
the Company’s debt for legal purposes and notes indenture purposes is
approximately $19.0 billion.
On
January 30, 2006, CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. issued $450 million in debt
securities, the proceeds of which were provided, directly or indirectly, to
Charter Operating, which used such funds to reduce borrowings, but not
commitments, under the revolving portion of its credit facilities.
On
March
13, 2006, the Company exchanged $37 million of Renaissance Media Group LLC
10%
senior discount notes due 2008 for $37 million principal amount of new Charter
Operating 8 3/8% senior second-lien notes due 2014 issued in a private
transaction under Rule 144A. The terms and conditions of the new Charter
Operating 8 3/8% senior second-lien notes due 2014 are identical to Charter
Operating’s currently outstanding 8 3/8% senior second-lien notes due
2014.
Gain
on extinguishment of debt
In
March
2005, Charter Operating consummated exchange transactions with a small number
of
institutional holders of Charter Holdings 8.25% senior notes due 2007 pursuant
to which Charter Operating issued, in private placements, approximately $271
million principal amount of new notes with terms identical to Charter
Operating's 8.375% senior second lien notes due 2014 in exchange for
approximately $284 million of the Charter Holdings 8.25% senior notes due 2007.
The exchanges resulted in a net gain on extinguishment of debt of approximately
$11 million for the three months ended March
31,
2005 included in other expense on the Company’s condensed consolidated
statements of operations.
The
Charter Holdings notes received in the exchange were thereafter distributed
to
Charter Holdings and canceled.
In
March
2005, the Company repurchased, in private transactions, from a small number
of
institutional holders, a total of $34 million principal amount of its 4.75%
convertible senior notes due 2006. These transactions resulted in a net gain
on
extinguishment of debt of approximately $1 million for the three months ended
March
31,
2005 included in other expense on the Company’s condensed consolidated
statements of operations.
In
March
2005, Charter’s subsidiary, CC V Holdings, LLC, redeemed all of its 11.875%
notes due 2008, at 103.958% of principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the date of redemption. The total cost of redemption was
CHARTER
COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES
TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
(dollars
in millions, except share and per share amounts and where
indicated)
approximately
$122 million and was funded through borrowings under the Charter Operating
credit facilities. The redemption resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt
for the three months ended March
31,
2005 of
approximately $5 million included
in other expense on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of
operations.
7. Minority
Interest and Equity Interest of Charter Holdco
Charter
is a holding company whose primary assets are a controlling equity interest
in
Charter Holdco, the indirect owner of the Company’s cable systems, and $866
million and $863 million at March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively,
of mirror notes that are payable by Charter Holdco to Charter and have the
same
principal amount and terms as those of Charter’s convertible senior notes.
Minority
interest on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2006 and
December 31, 2005 primarily represents preferred membership interests in CC
VIII, LLC ("CC VIII"), an indirect subsidiary of Charter Holdco, of $188
million. As
more
fully described in Note 19, this preferred interest is held by Mr. Allen,
Charter’s Chairman and controlling shareholder. Approximately 5.6% of CC VIII’s
income is allocated to minority interest.
8. Share
Lending Agreement
Charter
issued 94.9 million and 22.0 million shares of Class A common stock during
2005
and the three months ended March 31, 2006, respectively, in public offerings,
which were effected pursuant to an effective registration statement that
initially covered the issuance and sale of up to 150 million shares of Class
A
common stock. The shares were issued pursuant to the share lending agreement,
pursuant to which Charter had previously agreed to loan up to 150 million shares
to Citigroup Global Markets Limited ("CGML"). Because less than the full 150
million shares covered by the share lending agreement were sold in offerings
as
of March 31, 2006, Charter is obligated to issue, at CGML’s request, up to an
additional 33.1 million loaned shares in subsequent registered public offerings
pursuant to the share lending agreement.
This
offering of Charter’s Class A common stock was conducted to facilitate
transactions by which investors in Charter’s 5.875% convertible senior notes due
2009, issued on November 22, 2004, hedged their investments in the convertible
senior notes. Charter did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of
this
Class A common stock. However, under the share lending agreement, Charter
received a loan fee of $.001 for each share that it lends to CGML.
The
issuance of up to a total of 150 million shares of common stock (of which 116.9
million were issued in 2005 and 2006) pursuant to a share lending agreement
executed by Charter in connection with the issuance of the 5.875% convertible
senior notes in November 2004 is essentially analogous to a sale of shares
coupled with a forward contract for the reacquisition of the shares at a future
date. An instrument that requires physical settlement by repurchase of a fixed
number of shares in exchange for cash is considered a forward purchase
instrument. While the share lending agreement does not require a cash payment
upon return of the shares, physical settlement is required (i.e., the shares
borrowed must be returned at the end of the arrangement.) The fair value of
the
116.9 million shares lent is approximately $127 million as of March 31, 2006.
However, the net effect on shareholders’ deficit of the shares lent pursuant to
the share lending agreement, which includes Charter’s requirement to lend the
shares and the counterparties’ requirement to return the shares, is de minimis
and represents the cash received upon lending of the shares and is equal to
the
par value of the common stock to be issued.
The
116.9
million shares issued through March 31, 2006 pursuant to the share lending
agreement are required to be returned, in accordance with the contractual
arrangement, and are treated in basic and diluted earnings per share as if
they
were already returned and retired. Consequently, there is no impact of the
shares of common stock lent under the share lending agreement in the earnings
per share calculation.
9. Comprehensive
Loss
Certain
marketable equity securities are classified as available-for-sale and reported
at market value with unrealized gains and losses recorded as accumulated other
comprehensive loss on the accompanying condensed consolidated
CHARTER
COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES
TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
(dollars
in millions, except share and per share amounts and where
indicated)
balance
sheets. Additionally, the Company reports changes in the fair value of interest
rate agreements designated as hedging the variability of cash flows associated
with floating-rate debt obligations, that meet the effectiveness criteria of
SFAS No. 133, Accounting
for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,
in
accumulated other comprehensive loss, after giving effect to the minority
interest share of such gains and losses. Comprehensive loss for the three months
ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 was $460 million and $349 million,
respectively.
10. Accounting
for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities
The
Company uses interest rate risk management derivative instruments, such as
interest rate swap agreements and interest rate collar agreements (collectively
referred to herein as interest rate agreements) to manage its interest costs.
The Company’s policy is to manage interest costs using a mix of fixed and
variable rate debt. Using interest rate swap agreements, the Company has agreed
to exchange, at specified intervals through 2007, the difference between fixed
and variable interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed-upon notional
principal amount. Interest rate collar agreements are used to limit the
Company’s exposure to and benefits from interest rate fluctuations on variable
rate debt to within a certain range of rates.
The
Company does not hold or issue derivative instruments for trading purposes.
The
Company does, however, have certain interest rate derivative instruments that
have been designated as cash flow hedging instruments. Such instruments
effectively convert variable interest payments on certain debt instruments
into
fixed payments. For qualifying hedges, SFAS No. 133 allows derivative gains
and
losses to offset related results on hedged items in the consolidated statement
of operations. The Company has formally documented, designated and assessed
the
effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting. For the three
months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, other income includes gains of $2 million
and $1 million, respectively, which represent cash flow hedge ineffectiveness
on
interest rate hedge agreements arising from differences between the critical
terms of the agreements and the related hedged obligations. Changes in the
fair
value of interest rate agreements designated as hedging instruments of the
variability of cash flows associated with floating-rate debt obligations that
meet the effectiveness criteria of SFAS No. 133 are reported in accumulated
other comprehensive loss. For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005,
a
loss of $1 million and a gain $9 million, respectively, related to derivative
instruments designated as cash flow hedges, was recorded in accumulated other
comprehensive loss and minority interest. The amounts are subsequently
reclassified into interest expense as a yield adjustment in the same period
in
which the related interest on the floating-rate debt obligations affects
earnings (losses).
Certain
interest rate derivative instruments are not designated as hedges as they do
not
meet the effectiveness criteria specified by SFAS No. 133. However, management
believes such instruments are closely correlated with the respective debt,
thus
managing associated risk. Interest rate derivative instruments not designated
as
hedges are marked to fair value, with the impact recorded as other income in
the
Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations. For the three months
ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, other income includes gains of $6 million and
$26
million, respectively, for interest rate derivative instruments not designated
as hedges.
As
of
March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, the Company had outstanding $1.8 billion
and $1.8 billion and $20 million and $20 million, respectively, in notional
amounts of interest rate swaps and collars, respectively. The notional amounts
of interest rate instruments do not represent amounts exchanged by the parties
and, thus, are not a measure of exposure to credit loss. The amounts exchanged
are determined by reference to the notional amount and the other terms of the
contracts.
Certain
provisions of the Company’s 5.875% convertible senior notes issued in November
2004 were considered embedded derivatives for accounting purposes and were
required to be accounted for separately from the convertible senior notes.
In
accordance with SFAS No. 133, these derivatives are marked to market with gains
or losses recorded in interest expense on the Company’s condensed consolidated
statement of operations. For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005,
the
Company recognized gains of $2 million and $19 million, respectively. The gain
resulted in a reduction in interest expense related to these derivatives. At
March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, $1 million and $1 million, respectively,
is recorded in accounts payable and accrued expenses relating to the short-term
CHARTER
COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES
TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
(dollars
in millions, except share and per share amounts and where
indicated)
portion
of these derivatives and $0 and $1 million, respectively, is recorded in other
long-term liabilities related to the long-term portion.
11. Revenues
Revenues
consist of the following for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and
2005:
|
|
Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Video
|
|
$
|
869
|
|
$
|
842
|
|
High-speed
Internet
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
215
|
|
Telephone
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
6
|
|
Advertising
sales
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
64
|
|
Commercial
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
65
|
|
Other
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,374
|
|
$
|
1,271
|
|
Operating
expenses consist of the following for the three months ended March 31, 2006
and
2005:
|
|
Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming
|
|
$
|
391
|
|
$
|
358
|
|
Service
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
176
|
|
Advertising
sales
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
626
|
|
$
|
559
|
|
13. Selling,
General and Administrative
Expenses
Selling,
general and administrative expenses consist of the following for the three
months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005:
|
|
Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General
and administrative
|
|
$
|
243
|
|
$
|
206
|
|
Marketing
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
281
|
|
$
|
241
|
|
Components
of selling expense are included in general and administrative and marketing
expense.
CHARTER
COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES
TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
(dollars
in millions, except share and per share amounts and where
indicated)
14. Other
Operating
Expenses
Other
operating expenses consist of the following for the three months ended March
31,
2006 and 2005:
|
|
Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss
on sale of assets, net
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
Special
charges, net
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
Special
charges for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 primarily represent
severance costs as a result of reducing workforce, consolidating administrative
offices and executive severance.
15. Other
Income
Other
income consist of the following for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and
2005:
|
|
Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain
on derivative instruments and hedging activities, net
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
$
|
27
|
|
Gain
on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
7
|
|
Minority
interest
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Other,
net
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
16. Income
Taxes
All
operations are held through Charter Holdco and its direct and indirect
subsidiaries. Charter Holdco and the majority of its subsidiaries are not
subject to income tax. However, certain of these subsidiaries are corporations
and are subject to income tax. All of the taxable income, gains, losses,
deductions and credits of Charter Holdco are passed through to its members:
Charter, CII and Vulcan Cable III Inc. ("Vulcan Cable"). Charter is responsible
for its share of taxable income or loss of Charter Holdco allocated to Charter
in accordance with the Charter Holdco limited liability company agreement (the
"LLC Agreement") and partnership tax rules and regulations.
As
of
March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, the Company had net deferred income tax
liabilities of approximately $332 million and $325 million, respectively.
Approximately $213 million and $212 million of the deferred tax liabilities
recorded in the condensed consolidated financial statements at March 31, 2006
and December 31, 2005, respectively, relate to certain indirect subsidiaries
of
Charter Holdco, which file separate income tax returns.
During
the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company recorded $9 million
and $15 million of income tax expense, respectively. Income tax expense is
recognized through increases in the deferred tax liabilities related to
Charter’s investment in Charter Holdco, as well as current federal and state
income tax expense and increases to the deferred tax liabilities of certain
of
Charter’s indirect corporate subsidiaries. Income
tax expense was offset by deferred tax benefits of $21 million and $6 million
related to asset impairment charges recorded in the three months ended March
31,
2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company recorded an additional
deferred tax asset of approximately $182 million during the three months ended
March 31, 2006 relating to net operating loss
CHARTER
COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES
TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
(dollars
in millions, except share and per share amounts and where
indicated)
carryforwards, but
recorded a valuation allowance with respect to this amount because of the
uncertainty of the ability to realize a benefit from the Company’s carryforwards
in the future.
The
Company has deferred tax assets of approximately $4.4 billion and $4.2 billion
as of March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively, which primarily relate
to financial and tax losses allocated to Charter from Charter Holdco. The
deferred tax assets include approximately $2.5 billion and $2.4 billion of
tax
net operating loss carryforwards as of March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005,
respectively (generally expiring in years 2007 through 2026), of Charter and
its
indirect corporate subsidiaries. Valuation allowances of $3.8 billion and $3.7
billion as of March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively, exist with
respect to these deferred tax assets.
Realization
of any benefit from the Company’s tax net operating losses is dependent on: (1)
Charter and its indirect corporate subsidiaries’ ability to generate future
taxable income and (2) the absence of certain future "ownership
changes"
of
Charter's common stock. An "ownership
change"
as
defined in the applicable federal income tax rules, would place significant
limitations, on an annual basis, on the use of such net operating losses to
offset any future taxable income the Company may generate. Such limitations,
in
conjunction with the net operating loss expiration provisions, could effectively
eliminate the Company’s ability to use a substantial portion of its net
operating losses to offset any future taxable income. Future transactions and
the timing of such transactions could cause an ownership change. Such
transactions include additional issuances of common stock by the Company
(including but not limited to the issuance of up to a total of 150 million
shares of common stock (of which 116.9 million were issued through March 31,
2006) under the share lending agreement), the issuance of shares of common
stock
upon future conversion of Charter’s convertible senior notes and the issuance of
common stock in the class action settlement in 2004, reacquisition of the
borrowed shares by Charter, or acquisitions or sales of shares by certain
holders of Charter’s shares, including persons who have held, currently hold, or
accumulate in the future five percent or more of Charter’s outstanding stock
(including upon an exchange by Mr. Allen or his affiliates, directly or
indirectly, of membership units of Charter Holdco into CCI common stock). Many
of the foregoing transactions are beyond management’s control.
In
assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether
it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets
will be realized. Because of the uncertainties in projecting future taxable
income of Charter Holdco, valuation allowances have been established except
for
deferred benefits available to offset certain deferred tax
liabilities.
Charter
Holdco is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service for the
tax years ending December 31, 2002 and 2003. The Company’s results (excluding
Charter and the indirect corporate subsidiaries) for these years are subject
to
this examination. Management does not expect the results of this examination
to
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial
condition or results of operations.
17. Contingencies
Charter
is a party to lawsuits and claims that arise in the ordinary course of
conducting its business. In the opinion of management, after taking into account
recorded liabilities, the outcome of these lawsuits and claims are not expected
to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial
condition, results of operations or its liquidity.
18. Stock
Compensation
Plans
The
Company has stock option plans (the “Plans”) which provide for the grant of
non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalent
rights, performance units and performance shares, share awards, phantom stock
and/or shares of restricted stock (not to exceed 20,000,000), as each term
is
defined in the Plans. Employees, officers, consultants and directors of the
Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive grants
under
the Plans. Options granted generally vest over four to five years from the
grant
date, with 25% generally vesting on the anniversary of the grant date and
ratably thereafter. Generally, options expire 10 years from the grant date.
The
CHARTER
COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES
TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
(dollars
in millions, except share and per share amounts and where
indicated)
Plans
allow for the issuance of up to a total of
90,000,000 shares of Charter Class A common stock (or units convertible
into Charter Class A common stock).
The
fair
value of each option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The following weighted average assumptions
were used for grants during the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005,
respectively: risk-free interest rates of 4.5% and 3.7%; expected volatility
of
91.8% and 72.5%; and expected lives of 6.25 years and 4.5 years, respectively.
The valuations assume no dividends are paid. During
the three months ended March 31, 2006, the Company granted 4.8 million stock
options with a weighted average exercise price of $1.07. As of March 31, 2006,
the Company had 30.7 million and 10.7 million options outstanding and
exercisable, respectively, with weighted average exercise prices of $3.96 and
$7.39, respectively, and weighted average remaining contractual lives of 8
years
and 7 years, respectively.
On
January 1, 2006, the Company adopted revised SFAS No. 123, Share
- Based payment,
which
addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions in which a company
receives employee services in exchange for (a) equity instruments of that
company or (b) liabilities that are based on the fair value of the company’s
equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of such equity
instruments. Because the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions
of SFAS No. 123 on January 1, 2003, the revised standard did not have a material
impact on its financial statements. The Company recorded $4 million of option
compensation expense which is included in general and administrative expense
for
each of the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
In
February 2006, the Compensation Committee of Charter’s Board of Directors
approved a modification to the financial performance measures under Charter's
Long-Term Incentive Program ("LTIP") required to be met for the performance
shares to vest. After the modification, management believes that approximately
2.5 million of the performance shares are likely to vest. As such, expense
of
approximately $3 million will be amortized over the remaining two year service
period. During the three months ended March 31, 2006, Charter granted an
additional 7.9 million performance shares under the LTIP. The impacts of such
grant and the modification of the 2005 awards were de minimis to the Company’s
results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2006.
19. Related
Party
Transactions
The
following sets forth certain transactions in which the Company and the
directors, executive officers and affiliates of the Company are involved. Unless
otherwise disclosed, management believes that each of the transactions described
below was on terms no less favorable to the Company than could have been
obtained from independent third parties.
CC
VIII, LLC
As
part
of the acquisition of the cable systems owned by Bresnan Communications Company
Limited Partnership in February 2000, CC VIII, LLC, Charter’s indirect limited
liability company subsidiary, issued, after adjustments, 24,273,943 Class A
preferred membership units (collectively, the "CC VIII interest") with a
value and an initial capital account of approximately $630 million to certain
sellers affiliated with AT&T Broadband, subsequently owned by Comcast
Corporation (the "Comcast sellers"). Mr. Allen granted the Comcast
sellers the right to sell to him the CC VIII interest for approximately
$630 million plus 4.5% interest annually from February 2000 (the "Comcast
put right"). In April 2002, the Comcast sellers exercised the Comcast put right
in full, and this transaction was consummated on June 6, 2003. Accordingly,
Mr. Allen has become the holder of the CC VIII interest, indirectly
through an affiliate. In
the
event of a liquidation of CC VIII, Mr. Allen would be entitled to a priority
distribution with respect to a 2% priority return (which will continue to
accrete). Any remaining distributions in liquidation would be distributed to
CC
V Holdings, LLC and Mr. Allen in proportion to CC V Holdings, LLC's capital
account and Mr. Allen's capital account (which would have equaled the initial
capital account of the Comcast sellers of approximately $630 million, increased
or decreased by Mr. Allen's pro rata share of CC VIII’s profits or losses (as
computed for capital account purposes) after June 6, 2003).
CHARTER
COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES
TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
(dollars
in millions, except share and per share amounts and where
indicated)
An
issue
arose as to whether the documentation for the Bresnan transaction was correct
and complete with regard to the ultimate ownership of the CC VIII interest
following consummation of the Comcast put right. Thereafter, the board of
directors of Charter formed a Special Committee of independent directors
to
investigate the matter and take any other appropriate action on behalf of
Charter with respect to this matter. After conducting an investigation of
the
relevant facts and circumstances, the Special Committee determined that a
"scrivener’s error" had occurred in February 2000 in connection with the
preparation of the last-minute revisions to the Bresnan transaction documents
and that, as a result, Charter should seek the reformation of the Charter
Holdco
limited liability company agreement, or alternative relief, in order to restore
and ensure the obligation that the CC VIII interest be automatically exchanged
for Charter Holdco units.
As
of
October 31, 2005, Mr. Allen, the Special Committee, Charter, Charter Holdco
and
certain of their affiliates, agreed to settle the dispute, and execute certain
permanent and irrevocable releases pursuant to the Settlement Agreement and
Mutual Release agreement dated October 31, 2005 (the "Settlement"). Pursuant
to
the Settlement, CII has retained 30% of its CC VIII interest (the "Remaining
Interests"). The Remaining Interests are subject to certain drag along, tag
along and transfer restrictions as detailed in the revised CC VIII Limited
Liability Company Agreement. CII transferred the other 70% of the CC VIII
interest directly and indirectly, through Charter Holdco, to a newly formed
entity, CCHC (a direct subsidiary of Charter Holdco and the direct parent of
Charter Holdings). Of the 70% of the CC VIII preferred interests, 7.4% has
been
transferred by CII to CCHC for a subordinated exchangeable note with an initial
accreted value of $48 million, accreting at 14%, compounded quarterly, with
a
15-year maturity (the "Note"). The remaining 62.6% has been transferred by
CII
to Charter Holdco, in accordance with the terms of the settlement for no
additional monetary consideration. Charter Holdco contributed the 62.6% interest
to CCHC.
As
part
of the Settlement, CC VIII issued approximately 49 million additional Class
B
units to CC V in consideration for prior capital contributions to CC VIII by
CC
V, with respect to transactions that were unrelated to the dispute in connection
with CII’s membership units in CC VIII. As a result, Mr. Allen’s pro rata share
of the profits and losses of CC VIII attributable to the Remaining Interests
is
approximately 5.6%.
The
Note
is exchangeable, at CII’s option, at any time, for Charter Holdco Class A Common
units at a rate equal to the then accreted value, divided by $2.00 (the
"Exchange Rate"). Customary anti-dilution protections have been provided that
could cause future changes to the Exchange Rate. Additionally, the Charter
Holdco Class A Common units received will be exchangeable by the holder into
Charter common stock in accordance with existing agreements between CII, Charter
and certain other parties signatory thereto. Beginning February 28, 2009, if
the
closing price of Charter common stock is at or above the Exchange Rate for
a
certain period of time as specified in the Exchange Agreement, Charter Holdco
may require the exchange of the Note for Charter Holdco Class A Common units
at
the Exchange Rate.
CCHC
has
the right to redeem the Note under certain circumstances, for cash in an amount
equal to the then accreted value, such amount, if redeemed prior to February
28,
2009, would also include a make whole up to the accreted value through February
28, 2009. CCHC must redeem the Note at its maturity for cash in an amount equal
to the initial stated value plus the accreted return through maturity.
The
Board
of Directors has determined that the transferred CC VIII interests remain at
CCHC.
General
Charter
Communications, Inc. ("Charter")
is a
holding company whose principal assets as of March
31,
2006
are a
48% controlling common equity interest in Charter Communications Holding
Company, LLC ("Charter
Holdco")
and
"mirror" notes that are payable by Charter
Holdco to
Charter
and
have
the same principal amount and terms as Charter’s
convertible senior notes.
"We," "us"
and
"our"
refer to
Charter and its subsidiaries.
We
are a
broadband communications company operating in the United States. We offer our
customers traditional cable video programming (analog and digital video) as
well
as high-speed Internet services and, in some areas, advanced broadband services
such as high definition television, video on demand, telephone and interactive
television. We sell our cable video programming, high-speed Internet and
advanced broadband services on a subscription basis.
The
following table summarizes our customer statistics for analog and digital video,
residential high-speed Internet and residential telephone as of March
31,
2006
and
2005:
|
|
Approximate
as of
|
|
|
|
March
31,
|
|
March
31,
|
|
|
|
2006
(a)
|
|
2005
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cable
Video Services:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analog
Video:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential
(non-bulk) analog video customers (b)
|
|
|
5,640,200
|
|
|
5,732,600
|
|
Multi-dwelling
(bulk) and commercial unit customers (c)
|
|
|
273,700
|
|
|
252,200
|
|
Total
analog video customers (b)(c)
|
|
|
5,913,900
|
|
|
5,984,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Digital
Video:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Digital
video customers (d)
|
|
|
2,866,400
|
|
|
2,694,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Video
Cable Services:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential
high-speed Internet customers (e)
|
|
|
2,322,400
|
|
|
1,978,400
|
|
Residential
telephone customers (f)
|
|
|
191,100
|
|
|
55,300
|
|
Included
in the 70,900 net loss of analog video customers is approximately 15,800 of
net
losses related to systems impacted by hurricanes Katrina and Rita.
After
giving effect to the acquisition of cable systems in January 2006 and the sale
of certain non-strategic cable systems in July 2005, March 31, 2005 analog
video
customers, digital video customers, high-speed Internet customers and telephone
customers would have been 5,974,600, 2,690,300, 1,990,200 and 70,300,
respectively.
|
(a)
|
"Customers"
include all persons our corporate billing records show as receiving
service (regardless of their payment status), except for complimentary
accounts (such as our employees). At March 31, 2006 and 2005, "customers"
include approximately 48,500 and 43,100 persons whose accounts were
over
60 days past due in payment, approximately 11,900 and 7,000 persons
whose
accounts were over 90 days past due in payment, and approximately
7,800
and 3,600 of which were over 120 days past due in payment, respectively.
|
|
(b)
|
"Analog
video customers" include all customers who receive video services
(including those who also purchase high-speed Internet and telephone
services) but excludes approximately 287,700 and 241,700 customers
at
March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, who receive high-speed Internet
service only or telephone service only and who are only counted as
high-speed Internet customers or telephone
customers.
|
|
(c)
|
Included
within "video customers" are those in commercial and multi-dwelling
structures, which are calculated on an equivalent bulk unit ("EBU")
basis.
EBU is calculated for a system by dividing the bulk price charged
to
accounts in an area by the most prevalent price charged to non-bulk
residential customers in that market for the comparable tier of service.
The EBU method of estimating analog video customers is
|
|
|
consistent
with the methodology used in determining costs paid to programmers
and has
been consistently applied year over year. As we increase our effective
analog prices to residential customers without a corresponding
increase in
the prices charged to commercial service or multi-dwelling customers,
our
EBU count will decline even if there is no real loss in commercial
service
or multi-dwelling customers.
|
|
(d)
|
"Digital
video customers" include all households that have one or more digital
set-top terminals. Included in "digital video customers" on March
31, 2006
and 2005 are approximately 8,500 and 10,000 customers, respectively,
that
receive digital video service directly through satellite transmission.
|
|
(e)
|
"Residential
high-speed Internet customers" represent those customers who subscribe
to
our high-speed Internet service.
|
|
(f)
|
"Residential
telephone customers" include all households receiving telephone
service.
|
Overview
of Operations
We
have a
history of net losses. Our net losses are principally attributable to
insufficient revenue to cover the combination
of operating costs and interest
costs we incur because of our high level of debt and depreciation expenses
that we incur resulting from the capital investments we have made and continue
to make in our cable properties. We expect that these expenses will remain
significant, and we therefore expect to continue to report net losses for the
foreseeable future.
For
the
three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, our income from operations, which
includes depreciation and amortization expense and asset impairment charges
but
excludes interest expense, was $7 million and $51 million, respectively. We
had
operating margins of 1% and 4% for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and
2005, respectively. The decrease in income from operations and operating margins
for the three months ended March 31, 2006 compared to 2005 was principally
due
to an increase in operating costs and asset impairment charges of $68
million.
Historically,
our ability to fund operations and investing activities has depended on our
continued access to credit under our credit facilities. We expect we will
continue to borrow under our credit facilities from time to time to fund cash
needs. The occurrence of an event of default under our credit facilities could
result in borrowings from these credit facilities being unavailable to us and
could, in the event of a payment default or acceleration, also trigger events
of
default under the indentures governing our outstanding notes and would have
a
material adverse effect on us. Approximately $22 million of indebtedness under
our credit facilities is scheduled to mature during the remainder of 2006,
which
we expect to fund through borrowings under our revolving credit facility. See
"—
Liquidity and Capital Resources."
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
For
a
discussion of our critical accounting policies and the means by which we develop
estimates therefore, see "Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in our 2005 Annual Report on
Form
10-K.
RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
Three
Months Ended March
31, 2006
Compared to Three Months Ended March
31, 2005
The
following table sets forth the percentages of revenues that items in the
accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations constituted for
the
periods presented (dollars in millions, except per share and share
data):
|
|
Three
Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
1,374
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
$
|
1,271
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs
and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
(excluding depreciation and amortization)
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
46
|
%
|
|
559
|
|
|
44
|
%
|
Selling,
general and administrative
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
241
|
|
|
19
|
%
|
Depreciation
and amortization
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
26
|
%
|
|
381
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
Asset
impairment charges
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
31
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
Other
operating expenses, net
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,367
|
|
|
99
|
%
|
|
1,220
|
|
|
96
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
from operations
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
51
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
expense, net
|
|
|
(468
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(420
|
)
|
|
|
|
Other
income, net
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(457
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(388
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss
before income taxes
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(337
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
tax expense
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
loss
|
|
|
(459
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(352
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends
on preferred stock - redeemable
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
loss applicable to common stock
|
|
$
|
(459
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(353
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss
per common share, basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(1.45
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1.16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted
|
|
|
317,413,472
|
|
|
|
|
|
303,308,880
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues.
The
overall increase in revenues in 2006 compared to 2005 is principally the result
of an increase of 344,000 high-speed Internet customers and 171,800 digital
video customers, as well as price increases for video and high-speed Internet
services, and is offset partially by a decrease of 70,900 analog video
customers. Our
goal
is to increase revenues by improving customer service, which we believe will
stabilize our analog video customer base, implementing price increases on
certain services and packages and increasing the number of customers who
purchase high-speed Internet services, digital video and advanced products
and
services such as telephone, video on demand ("VOD"), high definition television
and digital video recorder service.
Average
monthly revenue per analog video customer increased to $77.64 for the three
months ended March
31,
2006
from
$70.75 for the three months ended March
31,
2005
primarily as a result of incremental revenues from advanced services and price
increases. Average monthly revenue per analog video customer represents total
quarterly revenue, divided by three, divided by the average number of analog
video customers during the respective period.
Revenues
by service offering were as follows (dollars in millions):
|
|
Three
Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
over 2005
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
%
of
Revenues
|
|
Revenues
|
|
%
of
Revenues
|
|
Change
|
|
%
Change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Video
|
|
$
|
869
|
|
|
63
|
%
|
$
|
842
|
|
|
66
|
%
|
$
|
27
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
High-speed
Internet
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
18
|
%
|
|
215
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
39
|
|
|
18
|
%
|
Telephone
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
6
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
14
|
|
|
233
|
%
|
Advertising
sales
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
64
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
6
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
Commercial
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
65
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
11
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
79
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
6
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,374
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
$
|
1,271
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
Video
revenues consist primarily of revenues from analog and digital video services
provided to our non-commercial customers. Approximately
$27 million of the increase was the result of price increases and incremental
video revenues from existing customers and approximately $11 million was the
result of an increase in digital video customers. The increases were offset
by
decreases of approximately $11 million related to a decrease in analog video
customers.
Approximately
$38 million of the increase in revenues from high-speed Internet services
provided to our non-commercial customers related to the increase in the average
number of customers receiving high-speed Internet services, whereas
approximately $1 million related to the
increase in average price of the service.
Revenues
from telephone services increased primarily as a result of an increase of
135,800 telephone customers in 2006.
Advertising
sales revenues consist primarily of revenues from commercial advertising
customers, programmers and other vendors. Advertising sales revenues increased
primarily as a result of an increase in local advertising sales and a one-time
ad buy by a programmer offset by a decline in national advertising sales. For
the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, we received $6 million and
$3
million, respectively, in advertising sales revenues from
programmers.
Commercial
revenues consist primarily of revenues from cable video and high-speed Internet
services to our commercial customers. Commercial revenues increased primarily
as
a result of an increase in commercial high-speed Internet revenues.
Other
revenues consist of revenues from franchise fees, telephone revenue, equipment
rental, customer installations, home shopping, dial-up Internet service, late
payment fees, wire maintenance fees and other miscellaneous revenues. For each
of the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, franchise fees represented
approximately 53% of total other revenues. The increase in other revenues was
primarily the result of an increase in franchise fees of $4 million,
installation revenue of $1 million and wire maintenance fees of $1
million.
Operating
Expenses.
Programming costs included in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements
of operations were $391 million and $358 million, representing 62% and 64%
of total operating expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005,
respectively. Key expense components as a percentage of revenues were as follows
(dollars in millions):
|
|
Three
Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
over 2005
|
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
%
of
Revenues
|
|
Expenses
|
|
%
of
Revenues
|
|
Change
|
|
%
Change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming
|
|
$
|
391
|
|
|
29
|
%
|
$
|
358
|
|
|
28
|
%
|
$
|
33
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
Service
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
176
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
|
33
|
|
|
19
|
%
|
Advertising
sales
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
25
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
1
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
626
|
|
|
46
|
%
|
$
|
559
|
|
|
44
|
%
|
$
|
67
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
Programming
costs consist primarily of costs paid to programmers for analog, premium,
digital channels, VOD and pay-per-view programming. The increase in programming
costs was primarily a result of rate increases. Programming
costs
were offset by the amortization of payments received from programmers in support
of launches of new channels of $4 million and $9 million for the three months
ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Our
cable
programming costs have increased in every year we have operated in excess of
customary inflationary and cost-of-living increases. We expect them to continue
to increase due to a variety of factors, including annual increases imposed
by
programmers and additional programming being provided to customers as a result
of system rebuilds and bandwidth reallocation, both of which increase channel
capacity. In 2006, we expect programming costs to increase at a higher rate
than
in 2005. These costs will be determined in part on the outcome of programming
negotiations in 2006 and will likely be subject to offsetting events or
otherwise affected by factors similar to the ones mentioned in the preceding
paragraph. Our increasing programming costs have resulted in declining operating
margins for our video services because we have been unable to pass on all cost
increases to our customers. We expect to partially offset any resulting margin
compression from our traditional video services with revenue from advanced
video
services, increased telephone revenues, high-speed Internet revenues,
advertising revenues and commercial service revenues.
Service
costs consist primarily of service personnel salaries and benefits, franchise
fees, system utilities, costs of providing high-speed Internet service,
maintenance and pole rent expense. The increase in service costs resulted
primarily from increased labor and maintenance costs to support improved service
levels and our advanced products of $12 million, increased costs of providing
high-speed Internet and telephone service of $9 million, higher fuel and utility
prices of $4 million and franchise fees of $3 million. Advertising sales
expenses consist of costs related to traditional advertising services provided
to advertising customers, including salaries, benefits and commissions.
Advertising sales expenses increased primarily as a result of increased salary,
benefit and commission costs.
Selling,
General and Administrative Expenses.
Key
components of expense as a percentage of revenues were as follows (dollars
in
millions):
|
|
Three
Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
over 2005
|
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
%
of
Revenues
|
|
Expenses
|
|
%
of
Revenues
|
|
Change
|
|
%
Change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General
and administrative
|
|
$
|
243
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
$
|
206
|
|
|
16
|
%
|
$
|
37
|
|
|
18
|
%
|
Marketing
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
35
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
3
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
281
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
$
|
241
|
|
|
19
|
%
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
General
and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits, rent
expense, billing costs, customer care center costs, internal network costs,
bad
debt expense and property taxes. The increase in general and administrative
expenses resulted primarily from a rise in salaries and benefits of $26 million
and increases in
customer
care center costs of $4 million related to investments to improve customer
service levels, consulting services of $2 million, billing costs of $2 million,
property and casualty insurance of $2 million and property taxes of $1 million.
Marketing
expenses increased as a result of an increased investment in targeted marketing
campaigns.
Depreciation
and Amortization. Depreciation
and amortization expense decreased by $23 million for
the
three months ended March
31,
2006 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2005. The decrease in
depreciation was the result of assets becoming fully depreciated offset by
an
increase in capital expenditures.
Asset
Impairment Charges.
Asset
impairment charges for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 represent
the write-down of assets related to cable asset sales to fair value less
costs
to sell.
See
Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.
Other
Operating Expenses, Net.
Other
operating expenses decreased $5 million as a result of a $4 million decrease
in
losses on sales of assets and a $1 million decrease in special
charges.
Interest
Expense, Net. Net
interest expense increased by $48 million, or 11%, for
the
three months ended March
31,
2006 compared to the
three
months ended March
31,
2005. The increase in net interest expense was a result of an increase in our
average borrowing rate from 8.86% in the first quarter of 2005 to 9.45% in
the
first quarter of 2006 and an increase of $229 million in average debt
outstanding from $19.2 billion for the first quarter of 2005 compared to
$19.5 billion for the first quarter of 2006.
Other
Income, Net.
Other
income decreased $21 million primarily as a result of a $19 million decrease
in
net gains on derivative instruments and hedging activities as a result of
decreases in gains on interest rate agreements that do not qualify for hedge
accounting under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 133,
Accounting
for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. Other
income in 2005 also included net gains on extinguishment of debt of $7 million
which did not recur in 2006. See Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial
statements. Other income also includes the 2% accretion of the preferred
membership interests in our indirect subsidiary, CC VIII, and the pro rata
share
of the profits and losses of CC VIII.
Income
Tax Expense. Income
tax expense was recognized through increases in deferred tax liabilities related
to our investment in Charter Holdco, as well as through current federal and
state income tax expense and increases in the deferred tax liabilities of
certain of our indirect corporate subsidiaries. Income
tax expense was offset by deferred tax benefits of $21 million and $6 million
related to asset impairment charges recorded in the three months ended March
31,
2006 and 2005, respectively.
Net
Loss.
Net
loss increased by $107 million, or 30%, for the three months ended March
31,
2006
compared
to the three months ended March
31,
2005
as a
result of the factors described above.
Preferred
Stock Dividends. On
August
31, 2001, Charter issued 505,664 shares (and on February 28, 2003 issued an
additional 39,595 shares) of Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred
Stock in connection with the Cable USA acquisition, on which Charter pays or
accrues a quarterly cumulative cash dividend at an annual rate of 5.75% if
paid
or 7.75% if accrued on a liquidation preference of $100 per share. Beginning
January 1, 2005, Charter accrued the dividend on its Series A Convertible
Redeemable Preferred Stock. In November 2005, we repurchased 508,546 shares
of
our Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock. Following the repurchase,
36,713 shares or preferred stock remain outstanding.
Loss
Per Common Share.
Basic
loss per common share increased by $0.29, or 25%, for the three months ended
March
31,
2006 compared
to
the
three months ended March
31,
2005
as a
result of the factors described above.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Introduction
This
section contains a discussion of our liquidity and capital resources, including
a discussion of our cash position, sources and uses of cash, access to credit
facilities and other financing sources, historical financing activities, cash
needs, capital expenditures and outstanding debt.
Recent
Financing Transactions
On
January 30, 2006, CCH II, LLC ("CCH II") and CCH II Capital Corp. issued $450
million in debt securities, the proceeds of which were provided, directly or
indirectly, to Charter Communications Operating, LLC ("Charter Operating"),
which used such funds to reduce borrowings, but not commitments, under the
revolving portion of its credit facilities.
In
April
2006, Charter Operating completed a $6.85 billion refinancing of its credit
facilities including a new $350 million revolving/term facility (which converts
to a term loan in one year), a $5.0 billion term loan due in 2013 and certain
amendments to the existing $1.5 billion revolving credit facility. In addition,
the refinancing reduced margins on Eurodollar rate loans to 2.625% from 3.15%
previously and margins on base rate loans to 1.625% from 2.15% previously.
Concurrent with this refinancing, the CCO Holdings, LLC ("CCO Holdings") bridge
loan was terminated.
We
have a
significant level of debt. Our long-term financing as of March 31, 2006 consists
of $5.4 billion of credit facility debt, $13.3 billion accreted value of
high-yield notes and $866 million accreted value of convertible senior notes.
Pro forma for the completion of the credit facility refinancing discussed above,
$20 million of our debt matures in the remainder of 2006, and in 2007 and 2008,
an additional $130 million and $128 million mature, respectively. In 2009 and
beyond, significant additional amounts will become due under our remaining
long-term debt obligations.
Our
business requires significant cash to fund debt service costs, capital
expenditures and ongoing operations. We have historically funded these
requirements through cash flows from operating activities, borrowings under
our
credit facilities, sales of assets, issuances of debt and equity securities
and
cash on hand. However, the mix of funding sources changes from period to period.
For the three months ended March 31, 2006, we generated $209 million of net
cash
flows from operating activities after paying cash interest of $240 million.
In
addition, we used approximately $241 million for purchases of property, plant
and equipment. Finally, we had net cash flows from financing activities of
$86
million. We expect that our mix of sources of funds will continue to change
in
the future based on overall needs relative to our cash flow and on the
availability of funds under our credit facilities, our access to the debt and
equity markets, the timing of possible asset sales and our ability to generate
cash flows from operating activities. We continue to explore asset dispositions
as one of several possible actions that we could take in the future to improve
our liquidity, but we do not presently consider unannounced future asset sales
as a significant source of liquidity.
We
expect
that cash on hand, cash flows from operating activities, proceeds from sale
of
assets and the amounts available under our credit facilities will be adequate
to
meet our cash needs through 2007. We believe that cash flows from operating
activities and amounts available under our credit facilities may not be
sufficient to fund our operations and satisfy our interest and principal
repayment obligations in 2008 and will not be sufficient to fund such needs
in
2009 and beyond. We
continue
to work with our financial advisors in our approach to addressing liquidity,
debt maturities and our overall balance sheet leverage.
Debt
Covenants
Our
ability to operate depends upon, among other things, our continued access to
capital, including credit under the Charter Operating credit facilities. The
Charter Operating credit facilities, along with our indentures, contain certain
restrictive covenants, some of which require us to maintain specified financial
ratios and meet financial tests and to provide annual audited financial
statements with an unqualified opinion from our independent auditors. As of
March 31, 2006, we are in compliance with the covenants under our indentures
and
credit facilities, and we expect to remain in compliance with those covenants
for the next twelve months. As of March 31, 2006, our potential availability
under our credit facilities totaled approximately $904 million, although the
actual availability at that time was only $516 million because of limits imposed
by covenant restrictions. However,
pro forma for the completion of the credit facility refinancing discussed above,
our potential availability under our credit facilities as of March 31, 2006
would have been approximately $1.3 billion, although actual covenanted
availability of $516 million would remain unchanged.
Continued access to our credit facilities is subject to our remaining in
compliance with these covenants, including covenants tied to our operating
performance. If any events of non-compliance occur, funding under the credit
facilities may not be available and defaults on some or potentially all of
our
debt obligations could occur. An event of default under any of our debt
instruments could result in the
acceleration
of our payment obligations under that debt and, under certain circumstances,
in
cross-defaults under our other debt obligations, which could have a material
adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition and results of
operations.
Specific
Limitations
Our
ability to make interest payments on our convertible senior notes, and, in
2006
and 2009, to repay the outstanding principal of our convertible senior notes
of
$20 million and $863 million, respectively, will depend on our ability to raise
additional capital and/or on receipt of payments or distributions from Charter
Holdco and its subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2006, Charter Holdco was owed
$24
million in intercompany loans from its subsidiaries, which were available to
pay
interest and principal on our convertible senior notes. In addition, Charter
has
$99 million of governmental securities pledged as security for the next four
scheduled semi-annual interest payments on Charter’s 5.875% convertible senior
notes.
Distributions
by Charter’s subsidiaries to a parent company (including Charter, CCHC, LLC and
Charter Holdco) for
payment of principal on parent company notes are
restricted under the indentures governing the CIH notes, CCH I notes, CCH II
notes, CCO Holdings notes and Charter Operating notes unless
there is no default, each applicable subsidiary’s leverage ratio test is met at
the time of such distribution and, in the case of our convertible senior notes,
other specified tests are met. For
the
quarter ended March 31, 2006, there was no default under any of these indentures
and the other specified tests were met. However, certain of our subsidiaries
did
not meet their respective leverage ratio tests based on March 31, 2006 financial
results. As
a
result, distributions from certain of our subsidiaries to their parent companies
have been restricted and will continue to be restricted until those tests are
met. Distributions
by Charter Operating for payment of principal on parent company notes are
further restricted by the covenants in the credit facilities.
Distributions
by CIH, CCH I, CCH II, CCO Holdings and Charter Operating to a parent company
for payment of parent company interest are permitted if there is no default
under the aforementioned indentures. However, distributions for payment of
interest on our convertible senior notes are further limited to when each
applicable subsidiary’s leverage ratio test is met and other specified tests are
met. There can be no assurance that they will satisfy these tests at the time
of
such distribution.
The
indentures governing the Charter Holdings notes permit Charter Holdings to
make
distributions to Charter Holdco for payment of interest or principal on the
convertible senior notes, only if, after giving effect to the distribution,
Charter Holdings can incur additional debt under the leverage ratio of 8.75
to
1.0, there is no default under Charter Holdings’ indentures and other specified
tests are met. For the quarter ended March
31,
2006, there was no default under Charter Holdings’ indentures and the other
specified tests were met. However, Charter Holdings did not meet the leverage
ratio test of 8.75 to 1.0 based on March 31, 2006 financial results. As
a
result, distributions from Charter Holdings to Charter or Charter Holdco have
been restricted and will continue to be restricted until that test is met.
During
this restricition period,
in which distributions are restricted,
the
indentures governing the Charter Holdings notes permit Charter Holdings and
its
subsidiaries to make specified investments (that are not restricted payments)
in
Charter Holdco or Charter up to an amount determined by a formula, as long
as
there is no default under the indentures.
Our
significant amount of debt could negatively affect our ability to access
additional capital in the future. Additionally, our ability to incur additional
debt may be limited by the restrictive covenants in our indentures and credit
facilities. No assurances can be given that we will not experience liquidity
problems if we do not obtain sufficient additional financing on a timely basis
as our debt becomes due or because of adverse market conditions, increased
competition or other unfavorable events. If, at any time, additional capital
or
borrowing capacity is required beyond amounts internally generated or available
under our credit facilities or through additional debt or equity financings,
we
would consider:
|
•
|
issuing
equity that would significantly dilute existing shareholders;
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
issuing
convertible debt or some other securities that may have structural
or
other priority over our existing notes and may also significantly
dilute
Charter’s existing shareholders;
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
further
reducing our expenses and capital expenditures, which may impair
our
ability to increase revenue;
|
|
•
|
selling
assets; or |
|
|
|
|
•
|
requesting
waivers or amendments with respect to our credit facilities, the
availability and terms of which would be subject to market conditions.
|
If
the
above strategies are not successful, we could be forced to restructure our
obligations or seek protection under the bankruptcy laws. In addition, if we
need to raise additional capital through the issuance of equity or find it
necessary to engage in a recapitalization or other similar transaction, our
shareholders could suffer significant dilution and our noteholders might not
receive principal and interest payments to which they are contractually
entitled.
Sale
of Assets
In
February 2006, we signed three separate definitive agreements to sell certain
cable television systems serving a total of approximately 360,000 analog video
customers in West Virginia, Virginia, Illinois, Kentucky,
Nevada,
Colorado, New Mexico and Utah
for a
total of approximately $971 million. As of March 31, 2006, those cable systems
met the criteria for assets held for sale under SFAS No. 144, Accounting
for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.
As
such, the assets were written down to fair value less estimated costs to sell
resulting in asset impairment charges during the three months ended March 31,
2006 of approximately $99 million.
In
July
2005, we closed the sale of certain cable systems in Texas and West Virginia
and
closed the sale of an additional cable system in Nebraska in October 2005 for
a
total sales price of approximately $37 million, representing a total of
approximately 33,000 customers.
Acquisition
In
January 2006, we closed the purchase of certain cable systems in Minnesota
from
Seren Innovations, Inc. We acquired approximately 17,500 analog video customers,
8,000 digital video customers, 13,200 high-speed Internet customers and 14,500
telephone customers for a total purchase price of approximately $42
million.
Historical
Operating, Financing and Investing Activities
We
held
$40 million in cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2006 compared to
$21 million as of December 31, 2005. For the three months ended March 31,
2006, we generated $209 million of net cash flows from operating activities
after paying cash interest of $240 million. In addition, we used approximately
$241 million for purchases of property, plant and equipment. Finally, we had
net
cash flows from financing activities of $86 million.
Operating
Activities. Net
cash
provided by operating activities increased $56 million, or 37%, from $153
million for the three months ended March 31, 2005 to $209 million for the three
months ended March 31, 2006. For the three months ended March 31, 2006, net
cash
provided by operating activities increased primarily as a result of changes
in
operating assets and liabilities that provided $100 million more cash during
the
three months ended March 31, 2006 than the corresponding period in 2005 offset
with an increase in cash interest expense of $45 million over the corresponding
prior period.
Investing
Activities. Net
cash
used by investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and
2005
was $276 million and $193 million, respectively. Investing activities used
$83
million more cash during the three months ended March 31, 2006 than the
corresponding period in 2005 primarily as a result of increased cash used for
capital expenditures in 2006 coupled with cash used for the purchase of cable
systems discussed above.
Financing
Activities. Net
cash
provided by financing activities was $86 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2006 and net cash used in financing activities was $578 million for
the three months ended March 31, 2005. The increase in cash provided during
the
three months ended March 31, 2006 as compared to the corresponding period in
2005, was primarily the result of proceeds from the issuance of
debt.
Capital
Expenditures
We
have
significant ongoing capital expenditure requirements. Capital expenditures
were
$241 million and $211 million for the three months ended March
31,
2006 and
2005,
respectively. Capital expenditures increased as a
result
of
increased spending on customer premise equipment as a result of increases in
digital video, high-speed Internet and telephone customers. See the table below
for more details.
Our
capital expenditures are funded primarily from cash flows from operating
activities, the issuance of debt and borrowings under credit facilities. In
addition, during the three months ended March
31,
2006
and
2005, our liabilities related to capital expenditures decreased $7 million
and
increased $14 million, respectively.
During
2006, we expect capital expenditures to be approximately $1 billion to $1.1
billion. We expect that the nature of these expenditures will continue to be
composed primarily of purchases of customer premise equipment related to
telephone and other advanced services, support capital and for scalable
infrastructure costs. We expect to fund capital expenditures for 2006 primarily
from cash flows from operating activities, proceeds from asset sales and
borrowings under our credit facilities.
We
have
adopted capital expenditure disclosure guidance, which was developed by eleven
publicly traded cable system operators, including Charter, with the support
of
the National Cable & Telecommunications Association ("NCTA"). The disclosure
is intended to provide more consistency in the reporting of operating statistics
in capital expenditures and customers among peer companies in the cable
industry. These disclosure guidelines are not required disclosure under
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP"), nor do they impact our
accounting for capital expenditures under GAAP.
The
following table presents our major capital expenditures categories in accordance
with NCTA disclosure guidelines for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and
2005 (dollars in millions):
|
|
Three
Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer
premise equipment (a)
|
|
$
|
130
|
|
$
|
86
|
|
Scalable
infrastructure (b)
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
42
|
|
Line
extensions (c)
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
29
|
|
Upgrade/Rebuild
(d)
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10
|
|
Support
capital (e)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
241
|
|
$
|
211
|
|
(a)
|
Customer
premise equipment includes costs incurred at the customer residence
to
secure new customers, revenue units and additional bandwidth revenues.
It
also includes customer installation costs in accordance with SFAS
No. 51,
Financial
Reporting by Cable Television Companies, and
customer premise equipment (e.g., set-top terminals and cable modems,
etc.).
|
(b)
|
Scalable
infrastructure includes costs, not related to customer premise equipment
or our network, to secure growth of new customers, revenue units
and
additional bandwidth revenues or provide service enhancements (e.g.,
headend equipment).
|
(c)
|
Line
extensions include network costs associated with entering new service
areas (e.g., fiber/coaxial cable, amplifiers, electronic equipment,
make-ready and design engineering).
|
(d)
|
Upgrade/rebuild
includes costs to modify or replace existing fiber/coaxial cable
networks,
including betterments.
|
(e)
|
Support
capital includes costs associated with the replacement or enhancement
of
non-network assets due to technological and physical obsolescence
(e.g.,
non-network equipment, land, buildings and
vehicles).
|
Item
4. Controls
and Procedures.
As
of the
end of the period covered by this report, management, including our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness
of
the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures with respect
to the information generated for use in this quarterly report. The evaluation
was based in part upon
reports
and affidavits provided by a number of executives. Based upon, and as of the
date of that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide
reasonable assurances that information required to be disclosed in the reports
we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded,
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the
Commission’s rules and forms.
There
was
no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter
ended March 31, 2006 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely
to
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
In
designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, our management
recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and
operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance of achieving
the
desired control objectives and management necessarily was required to apply
its
judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and
procedures. Based upon the above evaluation, Charter’s management believes that
its controls provide such reasonable assurances.
PART
II. OTHER INFORMATION.
Charter
is a party to lawsuits and claims that have arisen in the ordinary course of
conducting its business. In the opinion of management, after taking into account
recorded liabilities, the outcome of these other lawsuits and claims are not
expected to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial
condition, results of operations or our liquidity.
Item
1A. Risk
Factors
Risks
Related to Significant Indebtedness of Us and Our
Subsidiaries
We
may not generate (or, in general, have available to the applicable obligor)
sufficient cash flow or access to additional external liquidity sources to
fund
our capital expenditures, ongoing operations and debt
obligations.
Our
ability to service our debt and to fund our planned capital expenditures and
ongoing operations will depend on both our ability to generate cash flow and
our
access to additional external liquidity sources, and in general our ability
to
provide (by dividend or otherwise), such funds to the applicable issuer of
the
debt obligation. Our ability to generate cash flow is dependent on many factors,
including:
|
·
|
our
future operating performance;
|
|
·
|
the
demand for our products and
services;
|
|
·
|
general
economic conditions and conditions affecting customer and advertiser
spending;
|
|
·
|
competition
and our ability to stabilize customer losses;
and
|
|
·
|
legal
and regulatory factors affecting our
business.
|
Some
of
these factors are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient
cash flow and/or access additional external liquidity sources, we may not be
able to service and repay our debt, operate our business, respond to competitive
challenges or fund our other liquidity and capital needs. Although our
subsidiaries, CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp., sold $450 million principal
amount of 10.250% senior notes due 2010 in January 2006, we may not be able
to
access additional sources of external liquidity on similar terms, if at all.
We
believe that cash flows from operating activities and amounts available under
our credit facilities will not be sufficient to fund our operations and satisfy
our interest payment and principal repayment obligations in 2009 and beyond.
See
“Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
Charter
Operating may not be able to access funds under its credit facilities if it
fails to satisfy the covenant restrictions in its credit facilities, which
could
adversely affect our financial condition and our ability to conduct our
business.
Our
subsidiaries have historically relied on access to credit facilities in order
to
fund operations and to service parent company debt, and we expect such reliance
to continue in the future. Our total potential borrowing availability under
the
Charter Operating credit facilities was approximately $904 million as of March
31, 2006, although the actual availability at that time was only $516 million
because of limits imposed by covenant restrictions. However,
pro forma for the completion of the credit facility refinancing discussed above,
the Company’s potential availability under its credit facilities as of March 31,
2006 would have been approximately $1.3 billion, although actual covenanted
availability of $516 million would remain unchanged.
An
event
of default under the credit facilities or indentures, if not waived, could
result in the acceleration of those debt obligations and, consequently, other
debt obligations. Such acceleration could result in exercise of remedies by
our
creditors and could force us to seek the protection of the bankruptcy laws,
which could materially adversely impact our ability to operate our business
and
to make payments under our debt instruments. In addition, an event of default
under the credit facilities, such as the failure to maintain the applicable
required financial ratios, would
prevent
additional borrowing under our credit facilities, which could materially
adversely affect our ability to operate our business and to make payments under
our debt instruments.
We
and our subsidiaries have a significant amount of existing debt and may incur
significant additional debt, including secured debt, in the future, which could
adversely affect our financial health and our ability to react to changes in
our
business.
Charter
and its subsidiaries have a significant amount of debt and may (subject to
applicable restrictions in their debt instruments) incur additional debt in
the
future. As of March 31, 2006, our total debt was approximately $19.5 billion,
our shareholders’ deficit was approximately $5.4 billion and the deficiency of
earnings to cover fixed charges for the three months ended March 31, 2006 was
$450 million.
As
of
March 31, 2006, Charter had outstanding approximately $883 million aggregate
principal amount of convertible notes, $20 million of which mature in 2006.
We
will need to raise additional capital and/or receive distributions or payments
from our subsidiaries in order to satisfy our debt obligations in 2009. However,
because of our significant indebtedness, our ability to raise additional capital
at reasonable rates or at all is uncertain, and the ability of our subsidiaries
to make distributions or payments to us is subject to availability of funds
and
restrictions under our and our subsidiaries’ applicable debt instruments. If we
were to raise capital through the issuance of additional equity or to engage
in
a recapitalization or other similar transaction, our shareholders could suffer
significant dilution.
Our
significant amount of debt could have other important consequences. For example,
the debt will or could:
|
·
|
require
us to dedicate a significant portion of our cash flow from operating
activities to make payments on our debt, which will reduce our funds
available for working capital, capital expenditures and other general
corporate expenses;
|
|
·
|
limit
our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business,
the cable and telecommunications industries and the economy at
large;
|
|
·
|
place
us at a disadvantage as compared to our competitors that have
proportionately less debt;
|
|
·
|
make
us vulnerable to interest rate increases, because a significant portion
of
our borrowings are, and will continue to be, at variable rates of
interest;
|
|
·
|
expose
us to increased interest expense as we refinance all existing lower
interest rate instruments;
|
|
·
|
adversely
affect our relationship with customers and
suppliers;
|
|
·
|
limit
our ability to borrow additional funds in the future, if we need
them, due
to applicable financial and restrictive covenants in our debt;
and
|
|
·
|
make
it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations to the holders
of our
notes and for our subsidiaries to satisfy their obligations to their
lenders under their credit facilities and to their
noteholders.
|
A
default
by one of our subsidiaries under its debt obligations could result in the
acceleration of those obligations, the obligations of our other subsidiaries
and
our obligations under our convertible notes. We and our subsidiaries may incur
substantial additional debt in the future. If current debt levels increase,
the
related risks that we now face will intensify.
The
agreements and instruments governing our debt and the debt of our subsidiaries
contain restrictions and limitations that could significantly affect our ability
to operate our business, as well as significantly affect our
liquidity.
The
Charter Operating credit facilities and the indentures governing our and our
subsidiaries’ debt contain a number of significant covenants that could
adversely affect our ability to operate our business, as well as significantly
affect
our
liquidity, and therefore could adversely affect our results of operations and
the price of our Class A common stock. These covenants will restrict, among
other things, our and our subsidiaries’ ability to:
|
·
|
repurchase
or redeem equity interests and
debt;
|
|
·
|
make
certain investments or
acquisitions;
|
|
·
|
pay
dividends or make other
distributions;
|
|
·
|
dispose
of assets or merge;
|
|
·
|
enter
into related party transactions;
|
|
·
|
grant
liens and pledge assets.
|
Furthermore,
Charter Operating’s credit facilities require our subsidiaries to, among other
things, maintain specified financial ratios, meet specified financial tests
and
provide annual audited financial statements, with an unqualified opinion from
our independent auditors. Charter Operating’s ability to comply with these
provisions may be affected by events beyond our control.
The
breach of any covenants or obligations in the foregoing indentures or credit
facilities, not otherwise waived or amended, could result in a default under
the
applicable debt agreement or instrument and could trigger acceleration of the
related debt, which in turn could trigger defaults under other agreements
governing our long-term indebtedness. In addition, the secured lenders under
the
Charter Operating credit facilities and the holders of the Charter Operating
senior second-lien notes could foreclose on their collateral, which includes
equity interests in our subsidiaries, and exercise other rights of secured
creditors. Any default under those credit facilities, the indentures governing
our convertible notes or our subsidiaries’ debt could adversely affect our
growth, our financial condition and our results of operations and our ability
to
make payments on our notes and Charter Operating’s credit facilities and other
debt of our subsidiaries.
All
of our and our subsidiaries’ outstanding debt is subject to change of control
provisions. We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to fulfill
our obligations under our indebtedness following a change of control, which
would place us in default under the applicable debt
instruments.
We
may
not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to fulfill our obligations
under our and our subsidiaries’ notes and credit facilities following a change
of control. Under the indentures governing our and our subsidiaries’ notes, upon
the occurrence of specified change of control events, we are required to offer
to repurchase all of these notes. However, Charter and our subsidiaries may
not
have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control event to make the
required repurchase of these notes, and our subsidiaries are limited in their
ability to make distributions or other payments to fund any required repurchase.
In addition, a change of control under our subsidiaries’ credit facilities would
result in a default under those credit facilities. Because such credit
facilities and our subsidiaries’ notes are obligations of our subsidiaries, the
credit facilities and our subsidiaries’ notes would have to be repaid by our
subsidiaries before their assets could be available to us to repurchase our
convertible senior notes. Our failure to make or complete a change of control
offer would place us in default under our convertible senior notes. The failure
of our subsidiaries to make a change of control offer or repay the amounts
accelerated under their credit facilities would place them in default.
Paul
G. Allen and his affiliates are not obligated to purchase equity from,
contribute to or loan funds to us or any of our
subsidiaries.
Paul
G.
Allen and his affiliates are not obligated to purchase equity from, contribute
to or loan funds to us or any of our subsidiaries.
Risks
Related to Our Business
We
operate in a very competitive business environment, which affects our ability
to
attract and retain customers and can adversely affect our business and
operations. We have lost a significant number of video customers to direct
broadcast satellite competition and further loss of video customers could have
a
material negative impact on our business.
The
industry in which we operate is highly competitive and has become more so in
recent years. In some instances, we compete against companies with fewer
regulatory burdens, easier access to financing, greater personnel resources,
greater brand name recognition and long-established relationships with
regulatory authorities and customers. Increasing consolidation in the cable
industry and the repeal of certain ownership rules may provide additional
benefits to certain of our competitors, either through access to financing,
resources or efficiencies of scale.
Our
principal competitor for video services throughout our territory is DBS.
Competition from DBS, including intensive marketing efforts and aggressive
pricing has had an adverse impact on our ability to retain customers. DBS has
grown rapidly over the last several years and continues to do so. The cable
industry, including us, has lost a significant number of subscribers to DBS
competition, and we face serious challenges in this area in the future. We
believe that competition from DBS service providers may present greater
challenges in areas of lower population density, and that our systems service
a
higher concentration of such areas than those of other major cable service
providers.
Local
telephone companies and electric utilities can offer video and other services
in
competition with us and they increasingly may do so in the future. Certain
telephone companies have begun more extensive deployment of fiber in their
networks that enable them to begin providing video services, as well as
telephone and high bandwidth Internet access services, to residential and
business customers and they are now offering such service in limited areas.
Some
of these telephone companies have obtained, and are now seeking, franchises
or
operating authorizations that are less burdensome than existing Charter
franchises.
The
subscription television industry also faces competition from free broadcast
television and from other communications and entertainment media. Further loss
of customers to DBS or other alternative video and Internet services could
have
a material negative impact on the value of our business and its performance.
With
respect to our Internet access services, we face competition, including
intensive marketing efforts and aggressive pricing, from telephone companies
and
other providers of DSL and “dial-up”. DSL service is competitive with high-speed
Internet service over cable systems. In addition, DBS providers have entered
into joint marketing arrangements with Internet access providers to offer
bundled video and Internet service, which competes with our ability to provide
bundled services to our customers. Moreover, as we expand our telephone
offerings, we will face considerable competition from established telephone
companies and other carriers, including VoIP providers.
In
order
to attract new customers, from time to time we make promotional offers,
including offers of temporarily reduced-price or free service. These promotional
programs result in significant advertising, programming and operating expenses,
and also require us to make capital expenditures to acquire additional digital
set-top terminals. Customers who subscribe to our services as a result of these
offerings may not remain customers for any significant period of time following
the end of the promotional period. A failure to retain existing customers and
customers added through promotional offerings or to collect the amounts they
owe
us could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.
Mergers,
joint ventures and alliances among franchised, wireless or private cable
operators, satellite television providers, local exchange carriers and others,
may provide additional benefits to some of our competitors, either through
access to financing, resources or efficiencies of scale, or the ability to
provide multiple services in direct competition with us.
We
cannot
assure you that our cable systems will allow us to compete effectively.
Additionally, as we expand our offerings to include other telecommunications
services, and to introduce new and enhanced services, we will be subject to
competition from other providers of the services we offer. We cannot predict
the
extent to which competition may affect our business and operations in the
future.
We
have a history of net losses and expect to continue to experience net losses.
Consequently, we may not have the ability to finance future
operations.
We
have
had a history of net losses and expect to continue to report net losses for
the
foreseeable future. Our net losses are principally attributable to insufficient
revenue to cover the combination of operating costs and interest costs we incur
because of our high level of debt and the depreciation expenses that we incur
resulting from the capital investments we have made in our cable properties.
We
expect that these expenses will remain significant, and we expect to continue
to
report net losses for the foreseeable future. We reported net losses applicable
to common stock of $459 million and $353 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Continued losses would reduce our cash
available from operations to service our indebtedness, as well as limit our
ability to finance our operations.
We
may not have the ability to pass our increasing programming costs on to our
customers, which would adversely affect our cash flow and operating
margins.
Programming
has been, and is expected to continue to be, our largest operating expense
item.
In recent years, the cable industry has experienced a rapid escalation in the
cost of programming, particularly sports programming. We expect programming
costs to continue to increase because of a variety of factors, including
inflationary or negotiated annual increases, additional programming being
provided to customers and increased costs to purchase programming. The inability
to fully pass these programming cost increases on to our customers has had
an
adverse impact on our cash flow and operating margins. As measured by
programming costs, and excluding premium services (substantially all of which
were renegotiated and renewed in 2003), as of March 31, 2006, approximately
12%
of our current programming contracts were expired, and approximately another
6%
were scheduled to expire at or before the end of 2006. There can be no assurance
that these agreements will be renewed on favorable or comparable terms. Our
programming costs increased by approximately 9% in the three months ended March
31, 2006 compared to the corresponding period in 2005. We expect our programming
costs in 2006 to continue to increase at a higher rate than in 2005. To the
extent that we are unable to reach agreement with certain programmers on terms
that we believe are reasonable we may be forced to remove such programming
channels from our line-up, which could result in a further loss of customers.
If
our required capital expenditures exceed our projections, we may not have
sufficient funding, which could adversely affect our growth, financial condition
and results of operations.
During
the three months ended March 31, 2006, we spent approximately $241 million
on
capital expenditures. During 2006, we expect capital expenditures to be
approximately $1.0 billion to $1.1 billion. The actual amount of our capital
expenditures depends on the level of growth in high-speed Internet and telephone
customers and in the delivery of other advanced services, as well as the cost
of
introducing any new services. We may need additional capital if there is
accelerated growth in high-speed Internet customers, telephone customers or
in
the delivery of other advanced services. If we cannot obtain such capital from
increases in our cash flow from operating activities, additional borrowings,
proceeds from asset sales or other sources, our growth, financial condition
and
results of operations could suffer materially.
Our
inability to respond to technological developments and meet customer demand
for
new products and services could limit our ability to compete
effectively.
Our
business is characterized by rapid technological change and the introduction
of
new products and services. We cannot assure you that we will be able to fund
the
capital expenditures necessary to keep pace with unanticipated technological
developments, or that we will successfully anticipate the demand of our
customers for products and services requiring new technology. Our inability
to
maintain and expand our upgraded systems and provide advanced services in a
timely manner, or to anticipate the demands of the marketplace, could materially
adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers. Consequently,
our
growth, financial condition and results of operations could suffer materially.
Malicious
and abusive Internet practices could impair our high-speed Internet
services
Our
high-speed Internet customers utilize our network to access the Internet and,
as
a consequence, we or they may become victim to common malicious and abusive
Internet activities, such as unsolicited mass advertising (i.e.,
“spam”)
and dissemination of viruses, worms and other destructive or disruptive
software. These activities could have adverse consequences on our network and
our customers, including degradation of service, excessive call volume to call
centers and damage to our or our customers’ equipment and data. Significant
incidents could lead to customer dissatisfaction and, ultimately, loss of
customers or revenue, in addition to increased costs to us to service our
customers and protect our network. Any significant loss of high-speed Internet
customers or revenue or significant increase in costs of serving those customers
could adversely affect our growth, financial condition and results of
operations.
We
could be deemed an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of
1940. This would impose significant restrictions on us and would be likely
to
have a material adverse impact on our growth, financial condition and results
of
operation.
Our
principal assets are our equity interests in Charter Holdco and certain
indebtedness of Charter Holdco. If our membership interest in Charter Holdco
were to constitute less than 50% of the voting securities issued by Charter
Holdco, then our interest in Charter Holdco could be deemed an “investment
security” for purposes of the Investment Company Act. This may occur, for
example, if a court determines that the Class B common stock is no longer
entitled to special voting rights and, in accordance with the terms of the
Charter Holdco limited liability company agreement, our membership units in
Charter Holdco were to lose their special voting privileges. A determination
that such interest was an investment security could cause us to be deemed to
be
an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless an exemption
from
registration were available or we were to obtain an order of the Securities
and
Exchange Commission excluding or exempting us from registration under the
Investment Company Act.
If
anything were to happen which would cause us to be deemed an investment company,
the Investment Company Act would impose significant restrictions on us,
including severe limitations on our ability to borrow money, to issue additional
capital stock and to transact business with affiliates. In addition, because
our
operations are very different from those of the typical registered investment
company, regulation under the Investment Company Act could affect us in other
ways that are extremely difficult to predict. In sum, if we were deemed to
be an
investment company it could become impractical for us to continue our business
as currently conducted and our growth, our financial condition and our results
of operations could suffer materially.
If
a court determines that the Class B common stock is no longer entitled to
special voting rights, we would lose our rights to manage Charter Holdco. In
addition to the investment company risks discussed above, this could materially
impact the value of the Class A common stock.
If
a
court determines that the Class B common stock is no longer entitled to special
voting rights, Charter would no longer have a controlling voting interest in,
and would lose its right to manage, Charter Holdco. If this were to occur:
|
·
|
we
would retain our proportional equity interest in Charter Holdco but
would
lose all of our powers to direct the management and affairs of Charter
Holdco and its subsidiaries; and
|
|
·
|
we
would become strictly a passive investment vehicle and would be treated
under the Investment Company Act as an investment
company.
|
This
result, as well as the impact of being treated under the Investment Company
Act
as an investment company, could materially adversely impact:
|
·
|
the
liquidity of the Class A common
stock;
|
|
·
|
how
the Class A common stock trades in the
marketplace;
|
|
·
|
the
price that purchasers would be willing to pay for the Class A common
stock
in a change of control transaction or otherwise;
and
|
|
·
|
the
market price of the Class A common
stock.
|
Uncertainties
that may arise with respect to the nature of our management role and voting
power and organizational documents as a result of any challenge to the special
voting rights of the Class B common stock, including legal actions or
proceedings relating thereto, may also materially adversely impact the value
of
the Class A common stock.
Risks
Related to Mr. Allen’s Controlling Position
The
failure by Mr. Allen to maintain a minimum voting and economic interest in
us
could trigger a change of control default under our subsidiary’s credit
facilities.
The
Charter Operating credit facilities provide that the failure by Mr. Allen to
maintain a 35% direct or indirect voting interest in the applicable borrower
would result in a change of control default. Such a default could result in
the
acceleration of repayment of our and our subsidiaries’ indebtedness, including
borrowings under the Charter Operating credit facilities.
Mr.
Allen controls our stockholder voting and may have interests that conflict
with
your interests.
Mr.
Allen
has the ability to control us. Through his control as of March 31, 2006 of
approximately 90% of the voting power of our capital stock, Mr. Allen is
entitled to elect all but one of our board members and effectively has the
voting power to elect the remaining board member as well. Mr. Allen thus has
the
ability to control fundamental corporate transactions requiring equity holder
approval, including, but not limited to, the election of all of our directors,
approval of merger transactions involving us and the sale of all or
substantially all of our assets.
Mr.
Allen
is not restricted from investing in, and has invested in, and engaged in, other
businesses involving or related to the operation of cable television systems,
video programming, high-speed Internet service, telephone or business and
financial transactions conducted through broadband interactivity and Internet
services. Mr. Allen may also engage in other businesses that compete or may
in
the future compete with us.
Mr.
Allen’s control over our management and affairs could create conflicts of
interest if he is faced with decisions that could have different implications
for him, us and the holders of our Class A common stock. Further, Mr. Allen
could effectively cause us to enter into contracts with another entity in which
he owns an interest or to decline a transaction into which he (or another entity
in which he owns an interest) ultimately enters.
Current
and future agreements between us and either Mr. Allen or his affiliates may
not
be the result of arm’s-length negotiations. Consequently, such agreements may be
less favorable to us than agreements that we could otherwise have entered into
with unaffiliated third parties.
We
are not permitted to engage in any business activity other than the cable
transmission of video, audio and data unless Mr. Allen authorizes us to pursue
that particular business activity, which could adversely affect our ability
to
offer new products and services outside of the cable transmission business
and
to enter into new businesses, and could adversely affect our growth, financial
condition and results of operations.
Our
certificate of incorporation and Charter Holdco’s limited liability company
agreement provide that Charter and Charter Holdco and our subsidiaries, cannot
engage in any business activity outside the cable transmission business except
for specified businesses. This will be the case unless Mr. Allen consents to
our
engaging in the business activity. The cable transmission business means the
business of transmitting video, audio (including telephone services), and data
over cable television systems owned, operated or managed by us from time to
time. These provisions may limit our ability to take advantage of attractive
business opportunities.
The
loss of Mr. Allen’s services could adversely affect our ability to manage our
business.
Mr.
Allen
is Chairman of our board of directors and provides strategic guidance and
other
services to us. If we were to lose his services, our growth, financial condition
and results of operations could be adversely impacted.
The
special tax allocation provisions of the Charter Holdco limited liability
company agreement may cause us in some circumstances to pay more taxes than
if
the special tax allocation provisions were not in
effect.
Charter
Holdco’s limited liability company agreement provided that through the end of
2003, net tax losses (such net tax losses being determined under the federal
income tax rules for determining capital accounts) of Charter Holdco that
would
otherwise have been allocated to us based generally on our percentage ownership
of outstanding common membership units of Charter Holdco would instead be
allocated to the membership units held by Vulcan Cable III Inc. (“Vulcan Cable”)
and Charter Investment, Inc. (“CII”). The purpose of these special tax
allocation provisions was to allow Mr. Allen to take advantage, for tax
purposes, the losses generated by Charter Holdco during such period. In some
situations, these special tax allocation provisions could result in our having
to pay taxes in an amount that is more or less than if Charter Holdco had
allocated net tax losses to its members based generally on the percentage
of
outstanding common membership units owned by such members. For further
discussion on the details of the tax allocation provisions see “Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Income Taxes” of our
2005 annual report on Form 10-K.
The
recent issuance of our Class A common stock, as well as possible future
conversions of our convertible notes, significantly increase the risk that
we
will experience an ownership change in the future for tax purposes, resulting
in
a material limitation on the use of a substantial amount of our existing net
operating loss carryforwards.
As
of
March 31, 2006, we had approximately $6.2 billion of tax net operating losses
(resulting in a gross deferred tax asset of approximately $2.5 billion) expiring
in the years 2006 through 2026. Due to uncertainties in projected future taxable
income, valuation allowances have been established against the gross deferred
tax assets for book accounting purposes except for deferred benefits available
to offset certain deferred tax liabilities. Currently, such tax net operating
losses can accumulate and be used to offset any of our future taxable income.
An
“ownership change” as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, would place significant limitations, on an annual basis,
on
the use of such net operating losses to offset any future taxable income we
may
generate. Such limitations, in conjunction with the net operating loss
expiration provisions, could effectively eliminate our ability to use a
substantial portion of our net operating losses to offset future taxable income.
The
issuance of up to a total of 150 million shares of our Class A common stock
(of
which a total of 116.9 million have been issued through March 2006) offered
pursuant to a share lending agreement executed by Charter in connection with
the
issuance of the 5.875% convertible senior notes in November 2004, as well as
possible future conversions of our convertible notes, significantly increases
the risk that we will experience an ownership change in the future for tax
purposes, resulting in a material limitation on the use of a substantial amount
of our existing net operating loss carryforwards. As of March 31, 2006, the
issuance of shares associated with the share lending agreement did not result
in
our experiencing an ownership change. However, future transactions and the
timing of such transactions could cause an ownership change. Such transactions
include additional issuances of common stock by us (including but not limited
to
issuances upon future conversion of our 5.875% convertible senior notes or
as
issued in the settlement of derivative class action litigation), reacquisitions
of the borrowed shares by us, or acquisitions or sales of shares by certain
holders of our shares, including persons who have held, currently hold, or
accumulate in the future five percent or more of our outstanding stock
(including upon an exchange by Mr. Allen or his affiliates, directly or
indirectly, of membership units of Charter Holdco into our Class A common
stock). Many of the foregoing transactions are beyond our control.
Risks
Related to Regulatory and Legislative Matters
Our
business is subject to extensive governmental legislation and regulation, which
could adversely affect our business.
Regulation
of the cable industry has increased cable operators’ administrative and
operational expenses and limited their revenues. Cable operators are subject
to,
among other things:
|
·
|
rules
governing the provision of cable equipment and compatibility with
new
digital technologies;
|
|
·
|
rules
and regulations relating to subscriber
privacy;
|
|
·
|
limited
rate regulation;
|
|
·
|
requirements
governing when a cable system must carry a particular broadcast
station
and when it must first obtain consent to carry a broadcast
station;
|
|
·
|
rules
for franchise renewals and transfers;
and
|
|
·
|
other
requirements covering a variety of operational areas such as equal
employment opportunity, technical standards and customer service
requirements.
|
Additionally,
many aspects of these regulations are currently the subject of judicial
proceedings and administrative or legislative proposals. There are also ongoing
efforts to amend or expand the federal, state and local regulation of some
of
our cable systems, which may compound the regulatory risks we already face.
Certain states and localities are considering new telecommunications taxes
that
could increase operating expenses.
Our
cable systems are operated under franchises that are subject to non-renewal
or
termination. The failure to renew a franchise in one or more key markets could
adversely affect our business.
Our
cable
systems generally operate pursuant to franchises, permits and similar
authorizations issued by a state or local governmental authority controlling
the
public rights-of-way. Many franchises establish comprehensive facilities and
service requirements, as well as specific customer service standards and
monetary penalties for non-compliance. In many cases, franchises are terminable
if the franchisee fails to comply with significant provisions set forth in
the
franchise agreement governing system operations. Franchises are generally
granted for fixed terms and must be periodically renewed. Local franchising
authorities may resist granting a renewal if either past performance or the
prospective operating proposal is considered inadequate. Franchise authorities
often demand concessions or other commitments as a condition to renewal. In
some
instances, franchises have not been renewed at expiration, and we have operated
and are operating under either temporary operating agreements or without a
license while negotiating renewal terms with the local franchising authorities.
Approximately 11% of our franchises, covering approximately 12% of our analog
video customers, were expired as of March 31, 2006. Approximately 6% of
additional franchises, covering approximately an additional 7% of our analog
video customers, will expire on or before December 31, 2006, if not renewed
prior to expiration.
We
cannot
assure you that we will be able to comply with all significant provisions of
our
franchise agreements and certain of our franchisors have from time to time
alleged that we have not complied with these agreements. Additionally, although
historically we have renewed our franchises without incurring significant costs,
we cannot assure you that we will be able to renew, or to renew as favorably,
our franchises in the future. A termination of or a sustained failure to renew
a
franchise in one or more key markets could adversely affect our business in
the
affected geographic area.
Our
cable systems are operated under franchises that are non-exclusive. Accordingly,
local franchising authorities can grant additional franchises and create
competition in market areas where none existed previously, resulting in
overbuilds, which could adversely affect results of
operations.
Our
cable
systems are operated under non-exclusive franchises granted by local franchising
authorities. Consequently, local franchising authorities can grant additional
franchises to competitors in the same geographic area or operate their own
cable
systems. In addition, certain telephone companies are seeking authority to
operate in local communities without first obtaining a local franchise. As
a
result, competing operators may build systems in areas in which we hold
franchises. In some cases municipal utilities may legally compete with us
without obtaining a franchise from the local franchising authority.
Different
legislative proposals have been introduced in the United States Congress and
in
some state legislatures that would greatly streamline cable franchising. This
legislation is intended to facilitate entry by new competitors, particularly
local telephone companies. Such legislation has passed in at least four states
in which we have operations
and one of these newly enacted statutes is subject to court challenge. Although
various legislative proposals provide some regulatory relief for incumbent
cable
operators, these proposals are generally viewed as being more favorable to
new
entrants due to a number of varying factors including efforts to withhold
streamlined cable franchising from incumbents until after the expiration of
their existing franchises. To the extent incumbent cable operators are not
able
to avail themselves of this streamlined franchising process, such operators
may
continue to be subject to more onerous franchise requirements at the local
level
than new entrants. The Federal Communications Commission ("FCC'') recently
initiated a proceeding to determine whether local franchising
authorities
are impeding the deployment of
competitive cable services through unreasonable franchising requirements and
whether such impediments should be preempted. At this time, we are not able
to
determine what impact such proceeding may have on us.
The
existence of more than one cable system operating in the same territory is
referred to as an overbuild. These overbuilds could adversely affect our growth,
financial condition and results of operations by creating or increasing
competition. As of March 31, 2006, we are aware of overbuild situations
impacting approximately 6% of our estimated homes passed, and potential
overbuild situations in areas servicing approximately an additional 4% of our
estimated homes passed. Additional overbuild situations may occur in other
systems.
Local
franchise authorities have the ability to impose additional regulatory
constraints on our business, which could further increase our
expenses.
In
addition to the franchise agreement, cable authorities in some jurisdictions
have adopted cable regulatory ordinances that further regulate the operation
of
cable systems. This additional regulation increases the cost of operating our
business. We cannot assure you that the local franchising authorities will
not
impose new and more restrictive requirements. Local franchising authorities
also
have the power to reduce rates and order refunds on the rates charged for basic
services.
Further
regulation of the cable industry could cause us to delay or cancel service
or
programming enhancements or impair our ability to raise rates to cover our
increasing costs, resulting in increased losses.
Currently,
rate regulation is strictly limited to the basic service tier and associated
equipment and installation activities. However, the FCC and the U.S. Congress
continue to be concerned that cable rate increases are exceeding inflation.
It
is possible that either the FCC or the U.S. Congress will again restrict the
ability of cable system operators to implement rate increases. Should this
occur, it would impede our ability to raise our rates. If we are unable to
raise
our rates in response to increasing costs, our losses would increase.
There
has
been considerable legislative and regulatory interest in requiring cable
operators to offer historically bundled programming services on an á la carte
basis or to at least offer a separately available child-friendly “Family Tier.”
It is possible that new marketing restrictions could be adopted in the future.
Such restrictions could adversely affect our operations.
Actions
by pole owners might subject us to significantly increased pole attachment
costs.
Pole
attachments are cable wires that are attached to poles. Cable system attachments
to public utility poles historically have been regulated at the federal or
state
level, generally resulting in favorable pole attachment rates for attachments
used to provide cable service. The FCC clarified that a cable operator’s
favorable pole rates are not endangered by the provision of Internet access,
and
that approach ultimately was upheld by the Supreme Court of the United States.
Despite the existing regulatory regime, utility pole owners in many areas are
attempting to raise pole attachment fees and impose additional costs on cable
operators and others. In addition, the favorable pole attachment rates afforded
cable operators under federal law can be increased by utility companies if
the
operator provides telecommunications services, as well as cable service, over
cable wires attached to utility poles. Any significant increased costs could
have a material adverse impact on our profitability and discourage system
upgrades and the introduction of new products and services.
We
may be required to provide access to our networks to other Internet service
providers, which could significantly increase our competition and adversely
affect our ability to provide new products and
services.
A
number
of companies, including independent Internet service providers, or ISPs, have
requested local authorities and the FCC to require cable operators to provide
non-discriminatory access to cable’s broadband infrastructure, so that
these companies may deliver Internet services directly to customers over cable
facilities. In a June 2005 ruling, commonly referred to as Brand
X,
the
Supreme Court upheld an FCC decision (and overruled a conflicting Ninth Circuit
opinion) making it much less likely that any nondiscriminatory “open access”
requirements (which are generally associated with common carrier regulation
of
“telecommunications services”) will be imposed on the cable industry by local,
state or federal authorities. The Supreme Court held that the FCC was correct
in
classifying cable provided Internet service as an “information service,” rather
than a “telecommunications service.” This favorable regulatory classification
limits the ability of various governmental authorities to impose open access
requirements
on cable-provided Internet service.
Given how recently Brand
X
was
decided, however, the nature of any legislative or regulatory response remains
uncertain. The imposition of open access requirements could materially affect
our business.
If
we
were required to allocate a portion of our bandwidth capacity to other Internet
service providers, we believe that it would impair our ability to use our
bandwidth in ways that would generate maximum revenues.
Changes
in channel carriage regulations could impose significant additional costs on
us.
Cable
operators also face significant regulation of their channel carriage. They
currently can be required to devote substantial capacity to the carriage of
programming that they would not carry voluntarily, including certain local
broadcast signals, local public, educational and government access programming,
and unaffiliated commercial leased access programming. This carriage burden
could increase in the future, particularly if cable systems were required to
carry both the analog and digital versions of local broadcast signals (dual
carriage) or to carry multiple program streams included with a single digital
broadcast transmission (multicast carriage). Additional government-mandated
broadcast carriage obligations could disrupt existing programming commitments,
interfere with our preferred use of limited channel capacity and limit our
ability to offer services that would maximize customer appeal and revenue
potential. Although the FCC issued a decision in February 2005, confirming
an
earlier ruling against mandating either dual carriage or multicast carriage,
that decision has been appealed. In addition, the FCC could reverse its own
ruling or Congress could legislate additional carriage obligations.
Offering
voice communications service may subject us to additional regulatory burdens,
causing us to incur additional costs.
In
2002,
we began to offer voice communications services on a limited basis over our
broadband network. We continue to explore development and deployment of Voice
over Internet Protocol or VoIP services. The regulatory requirements applicable
to VoIP service are unclear although the FCC has declared that certain VoIP
services are not subject to traditional state public utility regulation. The
full extent of the FCC preemption of VoIP services is not yet clear. Expanding
our offering of these services may require us to obtain certain authorizations,
including federal, state and local licenses. We may not be able to obtain such
authorizations in a timely manner, or conditions could be imposed upon such
licenses or authorizations that may not be favorable to us. Furthermore,
telecommunications companies generally are subject to significant regulation,
including payments to the Federal Universal Service Fund and the intercarrier
compensation regime. In addition, pole attachment rates are higher for providers
of telecommunications services than for providers of cable service. If there
were to be a final legal determination by the FCC, a state Public Utility
Commission, or appropriate court that VoIP services are subject to these higher
rates, our pole attachment costs could increase significantly, which could
adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Item
5. Other
Information.
At
its
meeting held on February 7, 2006, the Board of Directors of Charter approved
the
metrics for the 2006 Executive Bonus Plan participants. A description of the
specific performance metrics and bonus target is attached hereto as Exhibit
10.2.
The
index
to the exhibits begins on page 44 of this quarterly report.
Pursuant
to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, Charter
Communications, Inc. has duly caused this quarterly report to be signed on
its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
CHARTER
COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
Registrant
Dated:
May 2, 2006
|
By:
/s/
Kevin D. Howard
|
|
Name:
|
Kevin
D. Howard
|
|
Title:
|
Vice
President and
|
|
|
Chief
Accounting Officer
|
Exhibit
Number
|
Description
of Document
|
2.1
|
Purchase
Agreement dated as of January 26, 2006, by and between CCH II, LLC,
CCH II
Capital Corp and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc as Representative of
several
Purchasers for $450,000,000 10.25% Senior Notes Due 2010 (incorporated
by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the current report on Form 8-K of Charter
Communications, Inc. filed on January 27, 2006 (File No.
000-27927)).
|
2.2*
|
Asset
Purchase Agreement, dated February 27, 2006, by and between Charter
Communications Operating, LLC and Cebridge Acquisition Co.,
LLC.
|
3.1(a)
|
Restated
Certificate of Incorporation of Charter Communications, Inc. (Originally
incorporated July 22, 1999) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
3.1 to
Amendment No. 3 to the registration statement on Form S-1 of Charter
Communications, Inc. filed on October 18, 1999 (File No.
333-83887)).
|
3.1(b)
|
Certificate
of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Charter
Communications, Inc. filed May 10, 2001 (incorporated by reference
to
Exhibit 3.1(b) to the annual report on Form 10-K filed by Charter
Communications, Inc. on March 29, 2002 (File No.
000-27927)).
|
3.2(a)
|
Amended
and Restated By-laws of Charter Communications, Inc. as of June 6,
2001
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the quarterly report
on Form
10-Q filed by Charter Communications, Inc. on November 14, 2001 (File
No.
000-27927)).
|
3.2(b)
|
First
Amendment to Amended and Restated By-Laws of Charter Communications,
Inc.
adopted as of November 8, 1999 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2(b) to Amendment No. 1 to the registration statement on
Form S-1 filed by Charter Communications, Inc. on February 3, 2006
(File No. 333-130898)).
|
3.2(c)
|
Second
Amendment to Amended and Restated By-Laws of Charter Communications,
Inc.
adopted as of January 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2(c) to Amendment No. 1 to the registration statement on
Form S-1 filed by Charter Communications, Inc. on February 3, 2006
(File No. 333-130898)).
|
3.2(d)
|
Third
Amendment to Amended and Restated By-Laws of Charter Communications,
Inc.
adopted as of June 6, 2001(incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2(d) to Amendment No. 1 to the registration statement on
Form S-1 filed by Charter Communications, Inc. on February 3, 2006
(File No. 333-130898)).
|
3.2(e)
|
Fourth
Amendment to Amended and Restated By-laws of Charter Communications,
Inc.
as of October 3, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to
Charter
Communications, Inc.'s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on November
3,
2003 (File No. 000-27927)).
|
3.2(f)
|
Fifth
Amendment to Amended and Restated By-laws of Charter Communications,
Inc.
as of October 28, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4
to
Charter Communications, Inc.'s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed
on
November 3, 2003 (File No. 000-27927)).
|
3.2(g)
|
Sixth
Amendment to Amended and Restated By-laws of Charter Communications,
Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Charter Communications, Inc.'s current
report on Form 8-K filed on September 30, 2004
(File No. 000-27927)).
|
3.2(h)
|
Seventh
Amendment to Amended and Restated By-laws of Charter Communications,
Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Charter Communications, Inc.'s current
report on Form 8-K filed on October 22, 2004
(File No. 000-27927)).
|
3.2(i)
|
Eighth
Amendment to the Amended and Restated By-Laws of Charter
Communications, Inc. adopted as of December 14, 2004
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the current report on
Form 8-K of Charter Communications, Inc. filed on
December 15, 2004 (File No. 000-27927)).
|
3.2(j)
|
Ninth
Amendment to Amended and Restated By-laws of Charter Communications,
Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Charter Communications,
Inc.'s current report on Form 8-K filed of Charter Communications,
Inc.
filed on April 21, 2006 (File No. 000-27927)).
|
10.1(a)
|
Senior
Bridge Loan Agreement dated as of October 17, 2005 by and among CCO
Holdings, LLC, CCO Holdings Capital Corp., certain lenders, JPMorgan
Chase
Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
and
Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, as joint lead arrangers and
joint
bookrunners, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as documentation
agent.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the current report
on
Form 8-K of Charter Communications, Inc. filed on October 19,
2005 (File No. 000-27927)).
|
10.1(b)
|
Waiver
and Amendment Agreement to the Senior Bridge Loan Agreement dated
as of
January 26, 2006 by and among CCO Holdings, LLC, CCO Holdings Capital
Corp., certain lenders, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative
Agent, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Credit Suisse, Cayman
|
|
Islands
Branch, as
joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and Deutsche Bank Securities
Inc., as documentation agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.2 to
the current report on Form 8-K of Charter Communications, Inc. filed
on January 27, 2006 (File No. 000-27927)). |
10.2+*
|
Description
of Charter Communications, Inc. 2006 Executive Bonus
Plan.
|
10.3+
|
Retention
Agreement dated as of January 9, 2006, by and between Paul E. Martin
and Charter Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to the current report on Form 8-K of Charter
Communications, Inc. filed on January 10, 2006 (File
No. 000-27927)).
|
10.4+
|
Employment
Agreement dated as of January 20, 2006 by and between Jeffrey T.
Fisher
and Charter Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 to the current report on Form 8-K of Charter Communications,
Inc.
filed on January 27, 2006 (File No. 000-27927)).
|
10.5+
|
Employment
Agreement dated as of February 28, 2006 by and between Michael J.
Lovett
and Charter Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
99.2 to the current report on Form 8-K of Charter Communications,
Inc.
filed on March 3, 2006 (File No. 000-27927)).
|
10.6+
|
Separation
Agreement of Wayne H. Davis, dated as of March 23, 2006 (incorporated
by
reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the current report on Form 8-K of
Charter Communications, Inc. filed on April 6, 2006 (File No.
000-27927)).
|
10.7+
|
Consulting
Agreement of Wayne H. Davis, dated as of March 23, 2006 (incorporated
by
reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the current report on Form 8-K of Charter
Communications, Inc. filed on April 6, 2006 (File No.
000-27927)).
|
15.1*
|
Letter
re Unaudited Interim Financial Statements.
|
31.1*
|
Certificate
of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/Rule 15d-14(a)
under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
|
31.2*
|
Certificate
of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/Rule 15d-14(a)
under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
|
32.1*
|
Certification
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section
906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Chief Executive
Officer).
|
32.2*
|
Certification
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section
906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Chief Financial
Officer).
|
*
Document attached
+
Management compensatory plan or arrangement
Exhibit 2.2 Asset Purchase Agreement
Exhibit
2.2
Execution
Copy
ASSET
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
between
CHARTER
COMMUNICATIONS OPERATING, LLC,
as
the Seller
and
CEBRIDGE
ACQUISITION CO. LLC,
as
the Buyer
Dated
as of February 27, 2006
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS |
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section
1.1 |
Certain
Defined Terms |
1
|
|
Section
1.2 |
Table
of Definitions |
11
|
ARTICLE
II
PURCHASE AND SALE |
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section
2.1 |
Purchase
and Sale of Transferred Assets
|
13
|
|
Section
2.2 |
Excluded
Assets
|
14
|
|
Section
2.3 |
Assumed
Liabilities |
16
|
|
Section
2.4 |
Excluded
Liabilities |
17
|
|
Section
2.5 |
Consents
to Certain Assignments. |
17
|
|
Section
2.6 |
Consideration. |
19
|
|
Section
2.7 |
Purchase
Price Deposit. |
19
|
|
Section
2.8 |
Closing. |
19
|
|
Section
2.9 |
Adjustment
of Purchase Price. |
21
|
|
Section
2.10 |
Allocation
of Purchase Price. |
24
|
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER |
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section
3.1 |
Organization
and Qualification
|
25
|
|
Section
3.2 |
Authority
|
25
|
|
Section 3.3 |
No
Conflict; Required Filings and Consents. |
25
|
|
Section
3.4 |
Transferred
Assets |
26
|
|
Section
3.5 |
Financial |
27
|
|
Section
3.6 |
Absence
of Certain Changes or Events |
27
|
|
Section
3.7 |
Compliance
with Law. |
27
|
|
Section
3.8 |
Litigation. |
28
|
|
Section
3.9 |
Employee
Plans. |
28
|
|
Section
3.10 |
Labor
and Employment Matters |
28
|
|
Section
3.11 |
Real
Property. |
29
|
|
Section
3.12 |
Retransmission
Consent and Must-Carry; Rate Regulation; Copyright Compliance. |
30
|
|
Section
3.13 |
Taxes |
31
|
|
Section
3.14 |
Environmental
Matters. |
31
|
|
Section
3.15 |
Contracts. |
32
|
|
Section
3.16 |
System
Information |
33
|
|
Section
3.17 |
Brokers |
34
|
|
Section
3.18 |
Intellectual
Property |
34
|
|
Section
3.19 |
Transactions
with Affiliates |
34
|
|
Section
3.20 |
Bonds;
Letters of Credit |
34
|
|
Section
3.21 |
Overbuilds |
34
|
|
Section
3.22 |
Representations
and Warranties Related to the C-Corporations. |
35
|
|
Section
3.23 |
Contracts
Containing Non-Competition Agreements |
37
|
|
Section
3.24 |
No
Other Representations or Warranties |
38
|
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER |
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section
4.1 |
Organization
and Qualification
|
38
|
|
Section
4.2 |
Authority
|
38
|
|
Section
4.3 |
No
Conflict; Required Filings and Consents. |
39
|
|
Section
4.4 |
Financing |
39
|
|
Section
4.5 |
Certain
Information |
39
|
|
Section
4.6 |
Brokers |
40
|
|
Section
4.7 |
Litigation
and Claims |
40
|
|
Section
4.8 |
No
On-Sale Agreements.
|
40
|
|
Section
4.9 |
Investment
Intent
|
40
|
|
Section
4.10 |
Overbuilds |
40
|
|
Section
4.11 |
No
Other Representations or Warranties. |
40
|
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS |
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section
5.1 |
Conduct
of Business Prior to the Closing
|
40
|
|
Section
5.2 |
Covenants
Regarding Information |
43
|
|
Section
5.3 |
Update
of Disclosure Schedules; Knowledge of Breach |
45
|
|
Section
5.4 |
Notification
of Certain Matters |
46
|
|
Section
5.5 |
Employee
Benefits. |
46
|
|
Section
5.6 |
Confidentiality |
49
|
|
Section
5.7 |
Consents
and Filings; Further Assurances. |
49
|
|
Section
5.8 |
Release
of Guarantees |
52
|
|
Section
5.9 |
Corporate
Name |
53
|
|
Section
5.10 |
Refunds
and Remittances |
53
|
|
Section
5.11 |
Cooperation
on Pending Litigation. |
53
|
|
Section
5.12 |
Bulk
Transfer Laws |
54
|
|
Section
5.13 |
Public
Announcements |
54
|
|
Section
5.14 |
Cooperation
on Programming Matters. |
54
|
|
Section
5.15 |
Transition
Planning and Services |
54
|
|
Section
5.16 |
Cooperation
as to Subscriber Reimbursements |
55
|
|
Section
5.17 |
Telecommunications
Certificates |
56
|
|
Section
5.18 |
Leased
Vehicles; Other Capital Leases |
56
|
|
Section
5.19 |
Tax
Matters. |
56
|
|
Section
5.20 |
Cooperation;
Commercially Reasonable Efforts
|
58
|
|
Section
5.21 |
Non-Competition;
Non-Solicitation. |
59
|
|
Section
5.22 |
Financial
and Operational Information. |
60
|
|
Section
5.23 |
Risk
of Loss |
61
|
|
Section
5.24 |
Financing. |
61
|
|
Section
5.25 |
Fiber
Audit |
62
|
|
Section
5.26 |
Contracts
Containing Non-Competition Agreements |
62
|
ARTICLE VI
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING |
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section
6.1 |
General
Conditions
|
62
|
|
Section
6.2 |
Conditions
to Obligations of the Seller
|
63
|
|
Section
6.3 |
Conditions
to Obligations of the Buyer
|
63
|
ARTICLE VII
INDEMNIFICATION |
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section
7.1 |
Survival
of Representations and Warranties
|
65
|
|
Section
7.2 |
Indemnification
by the Seller
|
65
|
|
Section 7.3 |
Indemnification
by the Buyer |
65
|
|
Section
7.4 |
Procedures |
66
|
|
Section
7.5 |
Limits
on Indemnification. |
68
|
|
Section
7.6 |
Assignment
of Claims |
70
|
|
Section
7.7 |
Payments |
70
|
|
Section
7.8 |
Exclusivity |
70
|
|
Section
7.9 |
Disclaimer
of Implied Warranties. |
71
|
ARTICLE VIII
TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER |
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section
8.1 |
Termination.
|
71
|
|
Section
8.2 |
Effect
of Termination
|
72
|
|
Section 8.3 |
Rights
upon Termination. |
72
|
|
Section
8.4 |
Other
Termination Provisions. |
73
|
ARTICLE IX
GENERAL PROVISIONS |
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section
9.1 |
|
74
|
|
Section
9.2 |
Amendment
and Modification
|
74
|
|
Section 9.3 |
Waiver
|
74
|
|
Section 9.4 |
Notices |
74
|
|
Section
9.5 |
Interpretation |
76
|
|
Section
9.6 |
Entire
Agreement |
76
|
|
Section
9.7 |
No
Third-Party Beneficiaries
|
76
|
|
Section
9.8 |
Governing
Law |
76
|
|
Section
9.9 |
Submission
to Jurisdiction |
77
|
|
Section
9.10 |
Disclosure
Generally |
77
|
|
Section
9.11 |
Personal
Liability |
77
|
|
Section
9.12 |
Assignment;
Successors. |
77
|
|
Section
9.13 |
Enforcement |
78
|
|
Section
9.14 |
Currency |
79
|
|
Section
9.15 |
Severability |
79
|
|
Section
9.16 |
Waiver
of Jury Trial |
79
|
|
Section
9.17 |
Counterparts |
79
|
|
Section
9.18 |
Execution |
79
|
|
Section
9.19 |
No
Presumption Against Drafting Party |
79
|
Asset
Purchase Agreement
iii
EXHIBITS
AND SCHEDULES
EXHIBITS
Exhibit
A Form
of
Deed
Exhibit
B Form
of
Assumption Agreement
Exhibit
C Form
of
Bill of Sale
Exhibit
D Form of Escrow Agreement
Exhibit
E Form of Retained Franchise Management Agreement
Exhibit
F Form of Franchise Transfer Resolution
Exhibit
G From of the Seller’s Required Consent Letter
Exhibit
H Form of Digital Transport Agreement
SCHEDULES
Schedule
1 Cable
Systems and Subsidiaries
Schedule
1.1(a) Aproved
Marketing/Promotional Campaigns
Schedule
1.1(b) The
Seller’s Knowledge
Schedule
1.1(c) Other
Permitted Encumbrances
Schedule
2.1(e) Vehicles
Schedule
2.1(l) Software
Schedule
2.2(d) Excluded
Permits
Schedule
2.2(r) Other
Excluded Assets
Schedule
3.1 Organization
and Qualification
Schedule
3.3 No
Conflict; Required Filings and Consents
Schedule
3.4 Encumbrances
to be Released
Schedule
3.5 Balance
Sheet; Financial Statements; System Reports
Schedule
3.6 Absence
of Certain Changes or Events
Schedule
3.7(a) Compliance
with Law
Schedule
3.7(b) Franchises,
Licenses and Permits
Schedule
3.7(c) Section
626 Letters; Operations Without a Franchise
Schedule
3.8 Litigation
Schedule
3.9 Employee
Plans
Schedule
3.10 Labor
or
Employment Matters
Schedule
3.11(a) Owned
Real Property
Schedule
3.11(b) Encumbrances
upon Owned Real Property
Schedule
3.11(c) Leased
Real Property
Schedule
3.11(d) Encumbrances
upon Leased Real Property
Schedule
3.11(e) Easements
Schedule
3.12(a) Must-Carry
and Retransmission Election
Schedule
3.12(b) Pending
Rate Complaints
Schedule
3.13 Tax
Matters
Schedule
3.14(b) Environmental
Matters
Schedule
3.15 Contracts
Schedule
3.16 System
Information
Schedule
3.18 Intellectual
Property Infringement
Asset
Purchase Agreement
iv
Schedule
3.19 Transactions
with Affiliates
Schedule
3.20 Bonds;
Letters of Credit
Schedule
3.21 Overbuilds
Schedule
3.22(a) C-Corporation
Organization and Qualification
Schedule
3.22(c) C-Corporation
Capitalization
Schedule
3.22(g) C-Corporation
Taxes
Schedule
4.10 Overbuilds
Schedule
5.1 Conduct
of the Business Prior to the Closing
Schedule
5.2(a) Requests
for Information
Schedule
5.5(d) Severance
Benefits
Schedule
5.14(a) Programming
Services
Schedule
6.3(c) Basic
Subscribers as of February 15, 2006
Schedule
6.3(i) Certain
Conditions
ASSET
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
ASSET
PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of February 27, 2006 (this “Agreement”),
between Charter Communications Operating, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (the “Seller”),
and
Cebridge Acquisition Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the
“Buyer”).
RECITALS
A. The
Seller, through the subsidiaries described
on Schedule 1 of the Disclosure Schedules
(each, a
“Subsidiary”
and
collectively, the “Subsidiaries”),
owns
and operates Cable Systems (as defined in the Communications Act) as described
on Schedule 1 of the Disclosure Schedules(the “Systems”).
B. The
Seller has agreed to cause the Subsidiaries to convey, as appropriate, to the
Buyer the Transferred Assets, including the Shares, upon the terms and
conditions set forth in this Agreement.
C. The
Buyer
has agreed to assume the Assumed Liabilities upon the terms and conditions
set
forth in this Agreement.
AGREEMENT
In
consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements herein
contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as
follows:
ARTICLE
I
DEFINITIONS
Section
1.1 Certain
Defined Terms.
For
purposes of this Agreement:
“Action”
means
any claim, action, suit, arbitration or proceeding by or before any Governmental
Authority.
“Active
Customer”
means a
subscriber of the applicable service from a Subsidiary, but excluding (i) any
subscriber who has a past due balance in excess of $10 in the aggregate for
more
than 60 days from the first day of the billing period to which a bill relates,
(ii) any subscriber who has not paid at least one full month’s payment for
services in an amount at least equal to the standard rate for Basic Services
in
the applicable Franchise Area, (iii) any subscriber, with respect to a service,
which service is pending disconnection for any reason, and (iv) any subscriber
who was obtained after the date hereof by offers, promotions or marketing
practices other than those set forth on Schedule 1.1(a) of the Disclosure
Schedules or as otherwise approved in writing by the Buyer.
“Affiliate”
means:
(i) with respect to the Seller or any Subsidiary, CCI or any Person directly
or
indirectly controlled by CCI, (ii) with respect to the Buyer, Cebridge or any
other
Person
directly or indirectly controlled by the Buyer or Cebridge, and (iii) with
respect to any other Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under
common control with, such Person.
“Ancillary
Agreements”
means
the Bill of Sale, the Assumption Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement,
the Digital Transport Agreement, deeds with respect to each parcel of Owned
Real
Property in the forms (as applicable) included herein on Exhibit A (each, a
“Deed”),
duly
endorsed stock certificates representing the Shares, Retained Franchise
Management Agreements (if any), the Escrow Agreement, endorsed vehicle titles,
FIRPTA certificates and all other instruments and documents necessary for the
Subsidiaries to transfer the Transferred Assets or for the Buyer to assume
the
Assumed Liabilities.
“Antitrust
Division”
means
the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice.
“Assumption
Agreement”
means an
assignment and assumption agreement in the form of that attached hereto as
Exhibit B, pursuant to which the Subsidiaries shall assign to the Buyer all
of
the intangible personal property included in the Transferred Assets and the
Buyer shall assume the Assumed Liabilities.
“Basic
Services”
means
the lowest tier of cable television programming sold to subscribers as a
package, including broadcast and satellite service programming for which a
subscriber pays a fixed monthly fee to a Subsidiary, but not including Pay
TV.
“Basic
Subscribers”
means,
as of any date and for each System, all Active Customers of Basic Services
of
such System who are individually billed for Basic Services.
“Bill
of Sale”
means a
bill of sale in the form of that attached hereto as Exhibit C, pursuant to
which
the Subsidiaries, as applicable, shall transfer to the Buyer all of the
Transferred Assets that are transferable pursuant to a bill of
sale.
“Business”
means
the business of providing customers with Basic Services, Expanded Basic
Services, Pay TV, Digital Services, High-Speed Internet Services and other
services conducted by the Subsidiaries, on the date of this Agreement, through
the Systems.
“Business
Day”
means
any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are
required or authorized by Law to be closed in either The City of New York,
New
York or St. Louis, Missouri.
“Business
Employees”
means,
as of any date, all individuals employed by Affiliates of the Seller as of
such
date (including those on approved leaves of absence), whose duties relate
primarily to the operations of the Business, regardless of the company payroll
on which such individuals are listed.
“Buyer
Material Adverse Effect”
means
any event, change, circumstance, effect or state of facts that is materially
adverse to the ability of the Buyer to perform its obligations under this
Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby.
“Buyer's
Knowledge”
means
the actual (but not constructive or imputed) knowledge of David Bach, Regional
Vice President, Atlantic Region, as of the relevant date, without any
implication of verification or investigation concerning such
knowledge.
“Cable
Act”
means
Title VI of the Communications Act, the Cable Communications Policy Act of
1984,
the Cable Television Consumer Protection and Competition Act of 1992 and the
provisions of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 amending Title VI of the
Communications Act, in each case as amended and in effect from time to
time.
“CCI”
means
Charter Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
“C-Corporation
Parent Company”
means
Charter Communications VI, LLC.
“C-Corporations”
means
ARH Ltd., Hornell Television Service, Inc. and Cable Systems, Inc.
“Cebridge”
means
Cebridge
Connections Holdings, LLC,
a
Delaware limited liability company.
“Closing
Time”
means
12:01 a.m. (local time with respect to each System) on the Closing
Date.
“Code”
means
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended through the date
hereof.
“Communications
Act”
means
the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. Sections 151 et
seq.,
including amendments by the Cable Communications Policy Act of 1984, the Cable
Television Consumer Protection and Competition Act of 1992, and the
Telecommunications Act of 1996, and as may be further amended, and the rules
and
regulations and published decisions of the FCC thereunder, as in effect from
time to time.
“control”,
including the terms “controlled
by”
and
“under
common control with”,
means
the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, as general partner
or
managing member, by contract or otherwise.
“Cox
Assets”
means
substantially all of the assets to be acquired under that certain Asset Purchase
Agreement dated October 31, 2005, by and among Cox Communications, Inc. and
certain of its affiliates on the one hand, and the Buyer on the other
hand.
“CPA
Firm”
means
Deloitte & Touche LLP, or such other firm of independent certified public
accountants as to which the Seller and the Buyer shall mutually
agree.
“Current
Assets”
means
the following current assets of the Business:
(i) all
prepaid expenses (other than inventory) and credits (including
prepaid real and personal property Taxes to the extent attributable to any
periods or portions thereof beginning on or after the Closing Date, copyright
fees, FCC regulatory fees, and Franchise or License fees or charges);
(ii) petty
cash at
the business offices located within the Systems
(iii) all
customer and advertising accounts receivable related to the Business;
provided,
however,
that:
(A) only
98%
of accounts receivable resulting from customer accounts of which more than
$10
is past due more than 30 and up to and including 60 days as of the Closing
Date
are included as “Current Assets”;
(B) only
90%
of (1) accounts receivable resulting from customer accounts of which more than
$10 is past due more than 60 and up to and including 90 days as of the Closing
Date and (2) accounts receivable resulting from advertising sales of which
any
portion is past due more than 90 and up to and including 120 days from the
date
of invoice as of the Closing Date are included as “Current Assets”;
and
(C) none
of
(1) any accounts receivable resulting from customer accounts of which more
than
$10 is past due more than 90 days as of the Closing Date or (2) any accounts
receivable resulting from advertising sales of which any portion is past due
more than 120 days from the date of invoice as of the Closing Date are included
as "Current Assets";
For
purposes of making "past due" calculations for customer accounts pursuant to
this clause (iii), the billing statements of a System will be deemed to be
due
and payable on the first day of the period during which the service to which
such billing statements relates is provided and will be deemed to be past due
if
any portion of the customer account in excess of the $10 amounts referred to
in
this clause (iii) is past due; and
(iv) all
deposits relating to the Business and operations of the Systems that are held
by
third parties as of the Closing Time for the account of the Subsidiaries and
that relate to the Systems or as security for any Subsidiary's performance
of
its obligations, including deposits on leases and deposits for
utilities.
“Current
Liabilities”
means
the following current liabilities of the Business:
(i) all
advance payments to, or funds of third parties on deposit with, the Subsidiaries
as of the Closing Time and relating to the Business, including advance payments
and deposits (including any accrued interest on such deposits) by subscribers
served by the Business for converters, encoders, decoders, cable television
service and related sales and services;
(ii) the
economic value of all accrued and unused vacation leave that the Buyer credits
to the Transferred Employees in accordance with Section 5.5(f), where economic
value is the amount equal to the cash compensation that would be payable to
each
such employee at his or her level of compensation on the Closing Date for a
period equal to such accrued and unused vacation leave;
(iii) the
amount, if any, equal to the monetary obligations contemplated by clauses (a),
(b) and (d)(i) of the definition of Permitted Encumbrances; and
(iv) the
prorated
amount of certain obligations, including Franchise fees, pole rental fees and
copyright fees for any period prior to the Closing Date not to be paid by the
Seller by the Closing Date.
“Digital
Services”
means an
optional tier of digital video services offered by the Systems to their
customers.
“EBUs”
(or
Equivalent Basic Units) means, as of any date and for each System, the number
derived by dividing (a) the total monthly billings for sales of Basic Services
by the System during the most recent month ended prior to the date of
calculation to commercial bulk billed Active Customers of the System that do
not
take Expanded Basic Services and other such Active Customer accounts of the
System that do not take Expanded Basic Services not billed by individual units,
whether on a discounted or undiscounted basis (but excluding billings in excess
of a single month’s charges for any account), by (b) the standard monthly rate
(without discount of any kind) charged by the System to single family households
for Basic Services sold by the System then in effect; and adding to such
quotient the number derived by dividing (c) the total monthly billings for
sales
of Basic Services plus Expanded Basic Services by the System during the most
recent month ended prior to the date of calculation to commercial bulk billed
Active Customers that take Expanded Basic Services and other such Active
Customer accounts of the System that take Expanded Basic Services not billed
by
individual units, whether on a discounted or undiscounted basis (but excluding
billings in excess of a single month’s charges for any account), by (d) the
standard monthly rate (without discount of any kind) charged by the System
to
single family households for Basic Services plus Expanded Basic Services sold
by
the System then in effect. For purposes of the foregoing, excluded are that
portion of the billings to each bulk billed account representing an installation
or other non-recurring charge, a charge for equipment or for any additional
outlet, a charge for any tiered service (whether or not included within Pay
TV),
or a pass-through charge for sales taxes, line-itemized franchise fees and
charges and the like.
“Employee
Plans”
means
all “employee benefit plans” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, all
formal written plans and all other compensation and benefit plans, contracts,
policies, programs and arrangements of the Seller or any of its ERISA Affiliates
(other than routine administrative procedures) in connection with the Business
in effect as of the date hereof, including all pension, profit sharing, savings
and thrift, bonus, stock bonus, stock option or other cash or equity-based
incentive or deferred compensation, severance pay and medical and life insurance
plans in which any of the Business Employees or their dependents
participate.
“Encumbrance”
means
any charge, claim, mortgage, lien, option, pledge, security interest or other
restriction of any kind.
“Environmental
Laws”
mean any
Laws of any Governmental Authority in effect as of the date hereof:
(i) related
to releases or threatened releases to soil, surface water, groundwater, air
or
any other environmental media of any substance, hazardous material or other
substance or compound regulated under Laws relating to such releases, including
petroleum or any refined product or fraction or derivative thereof (“Hazardous
Substances”);
(ii) governing the use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling
of Hazardous Substances; or (iii) related to the protection of the
environment and human health. Such Environmental Laws shall include
the
Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act, the Emergency Planning and Community
Right-to-Know Act, the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Safe Drinking
Water Act and the Toxic Substances Control Act.
“Equity
Sponsors”
means GS
Capital Partners V Fund, L.P., Par Investment Partners, L.P. and OCM Principal
Opportunities Fund II, L.P.
“Equipment”
means
electronic devices, trunk and distribution coaxial and optical fiber cable,
amplifiers, drops, power supplies, conduit, vaults and pedestals, grounding
and
pole hardware, subscriber devices (including converters, encoders, transformers
behind television sets and fittings), headend hardware (including origination,
earth stations, transmission and distribution systems), test equipment and
any
other equipment used or held for use in the Business.
“ERISA”
means
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules
and regulations thereunder, as in effect from time to time.
“ERISA
Affiliates”
means,
with respect to the Seller, (i) any corporation which at any time on or before
the Closing Date is or was a member of the same controlled group of corporations
(within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code) as the Seller; (ii) any
partnership, trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which at any time
on or before the Closing Date is or was under common control (within the meaning
of Section 414(c) of the Code) with the Seller; (iii) any entity, which at
any
time on or before the Closing Date is or was a member of the same affiliated
service group (within the meaning or Section 414(m) of the Code) as the Seller,
any corporation described in clause (i) above or any partnership, trade or
business described in clause (ii) above; and (iv) any entity which at any time
on or before the Closing Date is or was required to be aggregated with the
Seller under Section 414(o) of the Code.
“Escrow
Agreement”
means an
escrow agreement in the form of that attached hereto as Exhibit D, to be
executed by the Seller, the Buyer and the Escrow Agent on the date hereof and
pursuant to which the Seller, the Buyer and the Escrow Agent shall provide
for
the management of the Escrow Fund.
“Expanded
Basic Services”
means an
optional tier of video services offered by each System to its customers other
than Basic Services, a la carte tiers, premium services, Digital Services,
any
new product tier, Pay TV, and High Speed Internet Services.
“FCC”
means
the Federal Communications Commission.
“Final
Net Asset Value”
means
(x) the total Current Assets shown on the Final Working Capital Statement,
minus
(y) the total Current Liabilities shown on the Final Working Capital
Statement.
“Final
RGU Purchase Price Adjustment”
shall
be determined as follows:
(i) if,
at
the Closing, the Purchase Price was decreased pursuant to Section 2.9(b)(ii),
and if the number of RGUs set forth in the Final RGU Statement is greater than
the number of RGUs as set forth in the Pre-Closing RGU Statement, then the
Final
RGU Purchase Price Adjustment (which, for the avoidance of doubt, will increase
the Purchase Price) shall be an amount equal to (1) the number of RGUs set
forth
in the Final RGU Statement less the number of RGUs used in calculating the
Pre-Closing RGU Adjustment, multiplied by (2) the Price Per RGU, provided,
however,
that
such amount shall not exceed the amount by which the Purchase Price was reduced
pursuant to Section 2.9(b); or
(ii) if,
at
the Closing, whether or not the Purchase Price was decreased pursuant to Section
2.9(b)(ii), the number of RGUs set forth in the Final RGU Statement is less
than
the number of RGUs set forth in the Pre-Closing RGU Statement, and is also
less
than the Lower RGU Limit, then the Final RGU Purchase Price Adjustment (which,
for the avoidance of doubt, will decrease the Purchase Price) shall be an amount
equal to (1) the Price Per RGU multiplied by (2) the number of RGUs (as set
forth in the Final RGU Statement) less the Lower RGU Limit.
“Final
RGU Statement”
means
the RGU statement that sets forth the average of the number of RGUs (including
any RGUs related to the Retained Franchises, if any) as of the last day of
the
month for each of the six months prior to (and including) the Closing Date,
prepared, or caused to be prepared, by the Buyer in accordance with Section
2.9(e) hereof and, in the event of a Seller RGU Objection, as adjusted by
agreement of the Buyer and the Seller, or by the CPA Firm, acting pursuant
to
Section 2.9(f).
“Final
Working Capital Adjustment Amount”
equals
(i) the Final Net Asset Value minus (ii) the Pre-Closing Net Asset Value (as
amended pursuant to Section 2.9(c)).
“Final
Working Capital Statement”
means
the net working capital statement that sets forth the Current Assets and the
Current Liabilities (including the Current Assets and the Current Liabilities
related to the Retained Franchises, if any) as of the Closing Time, prepared,
or
caused to be prepared, by the Buyer in accordance with Section 2.9(d) hereof
and, in the event of a Seller’s Working Capital Objection, as adjusted by
agreement of the Buyer and the Seller, or by the CPA Firm, acting pursuant
to
Section 2.9(f).
“Franchise”
means
each franchise (as such term is defined in the Communications Act) granted
by a
Governmental Authority authorizing the construction, upgrade, maintenance and
operation of any part of the Systems.
“Franchise
Area”
means,
with respect to any Franchise, the geographic area in which any Subsidiary
is
authorized to operate the Systems related to such Franchise.
“FTC”
means
the Federal Trade Commission.
“GAAP”
means
United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the
date
of the Financial Statement to which it relates.
“Governmental
Authority”
means
any United States federal, state or local governmental, regulatory or
administrative authority, agency or commission or any judicial or arbitral
body.
“High
Speed Internet Services”
means
Internet service provider and backbone connectivity services offered by the
Systems to their customers through a cable modem and cable modem termination
system.
“HSI
Subscribers”
means,
as of any date and for each System, all Active Customers of High Speed Internet
Services of such System.
“HSR
Act”
means
the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as
amended.
“Indentures”
means
the indentures governing the debt securities issued by Charter Communications
Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries.
“Intellectual
Property”
means
all (i) trade names, trademarks and service marks (registered and unregistered),
domain names, trade dress and similar rights and applications to register any
of
the foregoing; (ii) patents and patent applications and rights in respect
of utility models or industrial designs; (iii) copyrights and registrations
and applications therefor; and (iv) know-how, inventions, discoveries,
methods, and processes (whether or not patentable).
“Knowledge”,
with
respect to the Seller, means the actual (but not constructive or imputed)
knowledge of the persons listed on Schedule 1.1(b) of the Disclosure Schedules
with respect to the System(s) identified with respect to such persons on such
Schedule as of the relevant date, without any implication of verification or
investigation concerning such knowledge.
“Law”
means
any statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, injunction, judgment,
decree or order of any Governmental Authority.
“LFA
Approvals”
means
all consents, approvals or waivers required to be obtained from any Governmental
Authority with respect to the transfer or change in control of any Franchise
in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
“License”
means
any license, permit or other authorization (other than a Franchise) issued
by
any Governmental Authority, including the FCC, used in the operation of the
Business, including TV translator station licenses and microwave licenses,
cable
television relay services and television
receive only earth
station registrations.
“Lower
RGU Limit”
means
312,992 RGUs.
“Material
Adverse Effect”
means
any event, change, circumstance, effect or state of facts that (i) is or could
reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the business,
financial condition, operations, assets, liabilities or results of
operations of the Business, taken as a whole; provided,
however,
that
“Material
Adverse Effect”
under
this clause (i) shall not include the effect of any circumstance, change,
development, event or state of facts arising out of or
attributable
to any of the following, either alone or in combination: (1) matters affecting
the multi-channel video programming distribution or High Speed Internet Services
industries generally, or competition in or to those industries, (2) general
national, regional or international economic or financial conditions or markets
that do not affect the Systems disproportionately as compared to other similarly
situated participants in the cable industry, (3) changes in technology, (4)
the
public announcement of this Agreement or of the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby or (5) any changes in federal or state Laws that do not
affect the Systems disproportionately as compared to other similarly situated
participants in the cable industry or (ii) has prevented, materially impaired
or
materially delayed, or could reasonably be expected to prevent, materially
impair or materially delay, the ability of the Seller or any Subsidiary to
perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements to
which it will be a party or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby
or thereby.
“Material
Real Property”
means
any parcel of Real Property used as a headend or primary hub site.
“Operating
Cash Flow”
means
(i)
revenue less (ii) operating expenses (including programming, ad sales and
service, and excluding depreciation and amortization) and selling, general
and
administrative expenses (including marketing).
“Pay
TV”
means
for each System, premium programming services selected by and sold to
subscribers on an a la carte basis for monthly fees in addition to the fee
for
Basic Services.
“Permitted
Encumbrances”
means
(a) statutory liens for current Taxes not yet due or delinquent (or which may
be
paid without interest or penalties) or the validity or amount of which is being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) mechanics’, carriers’,
workers’, repairers’ and other similar liens arising or incurred in the ordinary
course of business relating to obligations as to which there is no default
on
the part of the Seller for a period greater than 60 days, or the validity or
amount of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings,
or
pledges, deposits or other liens securing the performance of bids, trade
contracts, leases or statutory obligations (including workers’ compensation,
unemployment insurance or other social security legislation), (c) with respect
to Real Property, zoning, entitlement, conservation restriction and other land
use and environmental regulations by any Governmental Authority that do not
materially interfere with the use of the Real Property or any buildings or
structures thereon as currently being used, (d) in the case of any Leased Real
Property, (i) landlords’ liens for sums not yet due or which are being contested
in good-faith by appropriate proceedings, (ii) the rights of any lessor and
(iii) any Encumbrances granted by any lessor of such Leased Real Property or
any
such lessor’s predecessors in title, (e) any severed mineral or oil and gas
estates, or mineral or oil and gas leasehold estates, or rights of a proprietor
of a vein or lode to extract or remove his ore, in each instance that do not
materially interfere with the use of the Real Property or any buildings or
structures thereon as currently being used, (f) those Encumbrances described
as
“Permitted
Encumbrances”
on
Schedule 1.1(c) of the Disclosure Schedules, (g) any Encumbrances created in
connection with or pursuant to an Assumed Liability and (h) with respect to
Real
Property, all exceptions, restrictions, easements, imperfections of title,
charges, rights-of-way and other Encumbrances, discrepancies and conflicts
in
boundary lines, shortages in area, encroachments, and any fact that a correct
survey
and
inspection of the property would disclose, and that does not materially
interfere with the use of the Transferred Assets as currently being
used.
“Person”
means an
individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, limited
liability partnership, syndicate, person, trust, association, organization
or
other entity, including any Governmental Authority, and including any successor,
by merger or otherwise, of any of the foregoing.
“Pre-Closing
Net Asset Value”
means
(x) the total Current Assets shown on the Pre-Closing Working Capital Statement,
minus (y) the total Current Liabilities shown on the Pre-Closing Working Capital
Statement (as amended pursuant to Section 2.9(c)).
“Pre-Closing
Tax Period”
means
all Tax periods ending before the Closing Date and the portion of any Straddle
Period ending on (and including) the day before the Closing Date.
“Pre-Closing
RGU Adjustment”
means
the decrease, if any, in the Base Purchase Price determined pursuant to Section
2.9(b) hereof.
“Pre-Closing
RGU Statement”
means
the statement that sets forth the average number of RGUs (including the RGUs
related to the Retained Franchises, if any) as of the last day of the month
for
each of the last six full months for which System Reports are available prior
to
delivery of such statement, prepared or caused to be prepared, and as may be
revised, by the Seller in accordance with Section 2.9(b) hereof.
“Pre-Closing
Working Capital Statement”
means
the net working capital statement that sets forth the estimated Current Assets
and Current Liabilities (including the Current Assets and Current Liabilities
related to the Retained Franchises, if any) as of the Closing Time, prepared,
or
caused to be prepared, and as may be revised, by the Seller in accordance with
Section 2.9(a) hereof.
“Price
Per RGU”
means
$2,403.89.
“Required
Consents”
means
any authorization, approval or consent of any Governmental Authority or other
Person under any License, Franchise, agreement or other instrument that by
law
or by its terms requires a third party’s consent as a condition for the Seller
or the Subsidiaries to transfer, assign or engage in a transaction that results
in a change of control over, such License, Franchise, agreement or other
instrument to the Buyer.
“Retained
Franchise Management Agreement”
means an
agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit E, whereby the Seller or any
Subsidiary shall transfer to the Buyer, to the extent practicable, the benefits
and burdens of any Franchise not transferred to the Buyer pursuant to
Section 2.1.
“RGUs”
means
the sum of Basic Subscribers, EBUs and HSI Subscribers.
“Seller
Objections”
means
the Seller Working Capital Objection and/or the Seller RGU
Objection.
“Shares”
means
all of the issued and outstanding equity of the C-Corporations.
“Straddle
Periods”
means
all Tax periods beginning before and ending on or after the Closing
Date.
“Subscribers”
means
all Basic Subscribers and EBUs.
“System
Reports”
means
the unaudited, internal, monthly reports showing revenues and expenses and
individual basic subscribers, digital subscribers, equivalent basic units for
bulk and commercial subscribers and high-speed Internet subscribers for the
Business.
“Tax”
or “Taxes”
means,
with respect to any Person, any federal, state, local or foreign net income,
gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, value-added, capital,
unitary, intangible, franchise, profits, license, withholding, payroll,
employment, excise, severance, stamp, transfer, occupation, premium, property
or
windfall profit tax, custom, duty or other tax, governmental fee or other like
assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest or
penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any jurisdiction or
other taxing authority, on such Person.
“Tax
Benefit Adjustment”
means
the net present value of the tax benefit the Buyer would receive if it were
to
purchase the assets and assume the liabilities of the C-Corporations, which
the
parties hereby agree shall be $10,000,000 for all purposes related to this
Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby
and thereby.
“Tax
Return”
means
any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or
statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto,
and
including any amendment thereof.
Section
1.2 Table
of Definitions.
The
following terms have the meanings set forth in the Sections referenced
below:
Definition Location
1060
Form 2.10
Agreement Preamble
Allocation
Schedule 2.10
Assumed
Liabilities 2.3
Audited
Financial Statements 5.22(a)(i)
Balance
Sheet 3.5
Base
Purchase Price 2.6
Books
and
Records 2.1(g)
Business
Permits 2.1(f)
Buyer Preamble
Buyer
Indemnified Parties 7.2
Buyer
Welfare Benefit Plans 5.5(e)(i)
Closing 2.8(a)
Closing
Date 2.8(a)
COBRA
Obligations 5.5(e)(ii)
Confidentiality
Agreement 5.6
Contracts 2.1(a)
Debt
Commitment 4.4
Deposit 2.7
Direct
Claim 7.4(a)
Disclosure
Schedules Article
III
dollars,
$, US$ 9.14
Easements 3.11(e)
Equity
Commitment 4.4
Escrow
Agent 2.7
Escrow
Fund 2.7
Excluded
Assets 2.2
Excluded
Liabilities 2.4
Final
Purchase Price Adjustment Amount 2.9(h)(i)
Financial
Statements 3.5
Financing
Commitments 4.4
Franchise
Transfer Resolution 5.7(c)(i)
Guarantees 5.8
including 9.5
Indemnified
Party 7.4(a)
Indemnifying
Party 7.4(a)
IP
Addresses 2.1(k)
Leased
Real Property 3.11(c)
Liquidity
Transaction 2.7
Losses 7.2
Material
Contracts 3.15(a)
Names 5.9
New
Properties 5.3
Owned
Real Property 3.11(a)
Permits 3.7(b)
Phase
I
Assessment 5.2(d)
Pole
Attachment Agreement 3.15(a)(i)
Potential
Contributor 7.6
Programming
Services 5.14(a)
Purchase
Price 2.6
Qualified
Intermediary 9.12
Real
Property 2.1(b)
Representatives 5.2(a)
Retained
Assets 2.5(b)
Retained
Employees 5.5(a)
Retained
Franchise 2.5(b)
Retained
Shares 2.5(b)
Securities
Act 4.9
Seller Preamble
Seller
Indemnified Parties 7.3
Seller
RGU Objection 2.9(e)(ii)
Seller
Working Capital Objection 2.9(d)(ii)
Seller’s
Required Consent Letter 5.7(c)(i)
Straddle
Period Fraction 5.19(f)
Subsidiaries Recitals
Systems Recitals
Tangible
Personal Property 2.1(e)
Termination
Date 8.1(c)
Third
Party Claim 7.4(a)
Transfer
Tax Returns 5.19(b)
Transfer
Taxes 5.19(a)
Transferred
Assets 2.1
Transferred
Employee 5.5(a)
Transition
Services 5.15(b)
Transition
Services Agreement 5.15(b)
WARN
Act 5.5(g)
ARTICLE
II
PURCHASE
AND SALE
Section
2.1 Purchase
and Sale of Transferred Assets.
Upon
the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing,
(i)
the Seller shall cause the Subsidiaries (other than the C-Corporations) to,
sell, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to the Buyer the Transferred Assets
(other than the Shares) free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Permitted
Encumbrances, and (ii) the Seller shall cause the C-Corporation Parent Company
to sell, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to the Buyer the Shares free
and
clear of all Encumbrances other than Encumbrances created by the Buyer, and
the
Buyer shall purchase, acquire, accept and pay for the Transferred Assets and
the
Shares and assume the Assumed Liabilities. “Transferred
Assets”
means
(A) the Shares and (B) all of the assets, properties and rights (wherever
located), whether tangible or intangible or real or personal, that are
located
within any of the Franchise Areas that are owned, leased, used or held for
use
in the operation of the Business or the Systems or, if located elsewhere, that
are used or held for use primarily in the operation of the Business or the
Systems
(other
than the Excluded Assets), as they exist on the date hereof, with such changes
(with respect to both assets being transferred and condition of those assets)
therein as are permitted by this Agreement, including the assets, properties
and
rights referred to below:
(a) subject
to Section 5.26, all contracts and agreements to which the Subsidiaries are
a
party or by which the Subsidiaries are bound that are used in the Business,
including the Material Contracts, other than those contracts that constitute
Excluded Assets (the “Contracts”);
(b) all
real
property, leaseholds and other interests in real property owned or leased by
the
Subsidiaries that are located
within any of the Franchise Areas and used or held for use in the
operation of the Business or the Systems or, if located elsewhere, that are
used
or held for use primarily in the operation of the Business or the Systems,
together with the Subsidiaries’ right, title and interest in, to and under all
structures, facilities or improvements currently or as of the Closing Time
located thereon, all fixtures, systems, equipment and other items of
personal
property
attached or appurtenant thereto and all easements, licenses, rights and
appurtenances relating to the foregoing (the “Real
Property”);
(c) all
assets as of the Closing Time that are Current Assets;
(d) all
accounts receivable, notes receivable and other receivables due to the
Subsidiaries in connection with the Business, together with any unpaid interest
or fees accrued thereon or other amounts due with respect thereto;
(e) all
machinery, Equipment, advertising insertion equipment, furniture, furnishings,
inventory, parts, spare parts, vehicles (including the vehicles listed on
Schedule 2.1(e) of the Disclosure Schedules) and other tangible personal
property owned by the Subsidiaries located within any of the Franchise Areas
and
used or held for use in the operation of the Business or the Systems or, if
located elsewhere, that are used or held for use primarily in the operation
of
the Business or the Systems (the “Tangible
Personal Property”);
(f) all
Permits used or held for use primarily in the Business (the “Business
Permits”);
(g) all
books
of account, general, financial and accounting records, files (including the
originals of the Contracts and the Permits, where available), invoices,
customers and suppliers lists, other distribution lists, billing records,
engineering records, drawings, blueprints, schematics, copyright, FCC and other
regulatory records, manuals and customer and supplier correspondence owned
by
the Seller and the Subsidiaries, but only to the extent relating primarily
to
the Business and corporate records of the C-Corporations (including the minute
books and stock books thereof) (the “Books
and Records”);
provided,
however,
that
the Books and Records shall not include personnel records relating to the
Business Employees;
(h) all
rights to causes of action, lawsuits, judgments, claims and demands of any
nature in favor of the Subsidiaries to the extent relating to the Business,
the
Transferred Assets or the Assumed Liabilities;
(i) all
guarantees, warranties, indemnities and similar rights in favor of the
Subsidiaries to the extent transferable and related to the Transferred
Assets;
(j) petty
cash at the business offices located within the Systems;
(k) all
Internet protocol addresses that have been assigned to all elements included
in
the Transferred Assets, including Internet protocol addresses that have been
assigned to (i) end-users, (ii) network elements, (iii) local area network
and
billing elements, (iv) telephony elements, (v) data and video transport
elements, (vi) digital controllers, (vii) digital customer premises equipment
and (viii) switches and routers (“IP
Addresses”);
and
(l) all
software described on Schedule 2.1(l) of the Disclosure Schedules.
Section
2.2 Excluded
Assets.
Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 2.1 to the contrary, the Seller
and the Subsidiaries are not selling, and the Buyer is not purchasing, any
of
the following assets of the Seller, the Subsidiaries or their Affiliates,
all of
which shall be
retained
by the Seller, the Subsidiaries or their Affiliates, respectively (collectively,
the “Excluded
Assets”):
(a) any
real
property or tangible personal property located outside any of the Franchise
Areas that are not used or held for use primarily in the operation of the
Business or the Systems;
(b) programming
contracts (including music programming contracts and retransmission consent
agreements) and cable guide contracts;
(c) all
billing contracts and related equipment that is not owned by the Seller, the
Subsidiaries or their Affiliates;
(d) the
Permits set forth on Schedule 2.2(d) of the Disclosure Schedules and all Permits
that are not transferable and are not material to the Business taken as a
whole;
(e) all
state
and federal telecommunications Licenses and authorities for non-cable services
(except any such Licenses that are held by the C-Corporations);
(f) contracts
(including those for management and consulting services) with any Affiliates
of
the Subsidiaries;
(g) intercompany
receivables owing to the Subsidiaries by any of their Affiliates;
(h) any
of
the Subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents (other than the petty cash included
in the Transferred Assets);
(i) other
than such books, records and papers of the C-Corporations, the Subsidiaries’
corporate books and records of internal corporate proceedings, tax records,
work
papers, personnel records relating to the Business Employees and books and
records that the Subsidiaries are required by Law to retain, provided that
the
Seller agrees to make copies of such books and records available, to the extent
permitted by Law, to the Buyer in accordance with Section 5.2 of this
Agreement;
(j) any
Intellectual Property, other than the IP Addresses and other than as set forth
on Schedule 2.1(l) of the Disclosure Schedules;
(k) all
of
the Subsidiaries’ bank accounts (other than the C-Corporations);
(l) all
accounting records of the Subsidiaries (other than the C-Corporations)
(including records relating to Taxes, but excluding records relating to
subscribers) and internal reports relating to the business activities of the
Subsidiaries that are not Transferred Assets;
(m) any
interest in or right to any refund of Taxes relating to the Business, the
Transferred Assets or the Assumed Liabilities for, or applicable to, any taxable
period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Time,
other than to the extent such Taxes were included in Assumed Liabilities; provided,
however,
that
the portion of any such interest or right
equal
to
the amount necessary to satisfy any actual Tax liability resulting from the
receipt of such refunds shall be Transferred Assets and shall not be Excluded
Assets;
(n) any
insurance policies and rights, claims or causes of action
thereunder;
(o) except
as
specifically provided in Section 5.5, any assets relating to any Employee
Plan;
(p) all
rights, claims and causes of action relating to any Excluded Asset or any
Excluded Liability;
(q) all
contracts to which any Subsidiary and/or one or more Affiliates of the Seller
are parties that relate to any System as well as one or more cable systems
of
CCI and its subsidiaries that are not included in the Systems, including
(i)
master contracts for retransmission consent, advertising sales, tower leases,
master multiple dwelling units and (ii) the other master contracts listed
on
Schedule 2.2(r) of the Disclosure Schedules, which for all contracts under
this
Section 2.2(q) includes such contracts that would, but for the fact that
they
relate to one or more cable systems of CCI and its subsidiaries that are
not
included in the Systems, be required to be disclosed on Schedule 3.15 of
the
Disclosure Schedules (but not including any subordinate tower lease or multiple
dwelling unit contracts that incorporate the terms of such master contracts
by
reference), other than those listed on Schedule 3.15 of the Disclosure
Schedules;
(r) the
assets listed in Schedule 2.2(r) of the Disclosure Schedules;
(s) all
rights of the Seller and the Subsidiaries under this Agreement and the Ancillary
Agreements; and
(t) all
capital leases and vehicle leases, provided that at the Closing, the Seller
shall cause any such vehicle or other equipment to be transferred as provided
in
Section 5.18.
Section
2.3 Assumed
Liabilities.
In
connection with the purchase and sale of the Transferred Assets pursuant to
this
Agreement, at the Closing, the Buyer shall assume and agrees to pay, discharge,
perform or otherwise satisfy the following liabilities and obligations of the
Subsidiaries relating to the Business (the “Assumed
Liabilities”):
(a) all
liabilities as of the Closing Time that are reflected in the amount of Current
Liabilities determined in accordance with Section 2.9;
(b) all
liabilities accruing or otherwise arising out of the conduct or operation of
the
Business or the ownership or use of the Transferred Assets from and after the
Closing Time;
(c) any
Taxes
to be paid by the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement;
(d) all
obligations and liabilities of the Subsidiaries under the Contracts and the
Business Permits in respect of periods following the Closing Time;
(e) any
liability arising pursuant to Section 5.17, related to telecommunications
certificates obtained by the Buyer or the failure of the Buyer to obtain
the
same; and
(f) all
liabilities expressly assumed by the Buyer pursuant to Section 5.5.
Section
2.4 Excluded
Liabilities.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the
Buyer
is not assuming, and the Seller or the Subsidiaries (other than the
C-Corporations) shall pay, perform or otherwise satisfy, every liability or
obligation of the Seller and its Affiliates (including the C-Corporations)
other
than Assumed Liabilities, including the following liabilities and obligations
(the “Excluded
Liabilities”):
(a) all
Taxes
(i) now or hereafter owed by the Seller or any of its Affiliates including
Taxes
of any C-Corporation for a Pre-Closing Tax Period (including all Taxes allocable
to the Seller pursuant to this Agreement) and (ii) arising from or with respect
to the Transferred Assets or the operation of the Business that are incurred
in
or attributable to any period, or any portion of any period, ending on or prior
to the Closing Time (except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement);
(b) any
liability not assumed by the Buyer pursuant to Section 5.5 arising in respect
of
or relating to the Business Employees or any Employee Plan;
(c) any
liability or obligation accruing under the Contracts or otherwise arising out
of
the conduct or operation of the Business or ownership or use of the Transferred
Assets prior to the Closing Time (including all liabilities related to all
litigation scheduled on Schedule 3.8 of the Disclosure Schedules) unless and
to
the extent assumed by the Buyer under Section 2.3;
(d) any
indebtedness of the Seller or the Subsidiaries for borrowed money or guarantees
thereof outstanding as of the Closing Time, other than Current Liabilities
included in the Assumed Liabilities; and
(e) any
liability or obligation relating to an Excluded Asset.
Section
2.5 Consents
to Certain Assignments.
(a) The
Buyer
agrees that, other than with respect to the breach of any obligation hereunder,
neither the Seller nor the Subsidiaries shall have any liability to the Buyer
arising out of or relating to the failure to obtain any consent, including
as
set forth in Section 2.5(b), that may be required in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or
because of any circumstances resulting therefrom.
(b) If
the
LFA Approval with respect to any Franchise is not obtained prior to Closing,
then such Franchise (each, a “Retained
Franchise”)
and any
assets required to be held by the franchisee pursuant to such Franchise (the
“Retained
Assets”),
shall
not be transferred to the Buyer at Closing, and the Seller and the Buyer shall
execute a Retained Franchise Management Agreement with respect to each Retained
Franchise. At the Closing, if LFA Approvals representing at least 65% of the
individually-billed subscribers of the Systems owned by any C-Corporation are
obtained, the Seller shall transfer the Shares related to such C-Corporation
to
the Buyer. If LFA Approvals representing at least 65% of the individually-billed
subscribers
of the
Systems owned by any C-Corporation have not been obtained at the Closing, (1)
the Shares relating to such C-Corporation (the “Retained
Shares”)
will
not be transferred at the Closing and will be retained by the Seller until
the
earlier of 10
days
after LFA Approvals
representing
at least 65% of individually-billed
subscribers of
the
Systems owned by such C-Corporation are received, six months
following the Closing or the termination of the respective Retained Franchise
Management Agreement and (2) the Franchises owned by such C-Corporation will
be
treated as “Retained
Franchises”. Each
Retained Franchise Management Agreement shall provide that the Buyer shall
manage such Retained Franchise on behalf of the appropriate Subsidiary, subject
to the following: (A) the Buyer shall bear all expenses relating to the Retained
Franchise and the operation thereof after the Closing and shall receive the
cash
flow from the Systems served under the Retained Franchise as its management
fee
and (B) such management shall continue with respect to such Retained Franchise
until such time as such Retained Franchise is assigned and transferred (or
in
the case of the Retained Shares, until such time that such shares are
transferred) to the Buyer in accordance with this Agreement is revoked or the
Retained Franchise Management Agreement is terminated pursuant to its terms.
The
Seller shall cause the Subsidiaries to transfer, at no additional cost to the
Buyer, each Retained Franchise and the related Retained Assets to the Buyer
within 10 days after the LFA Approval for such transfer is received, or
six months
following the Closing or the termination of the respective Retained Franchise
Management Agreement, whichever is sooner (except with respect to those Retained
Franchises held by a C-Corporation which will be transferred with any Retained
Shares). In the event the Retained Franchise is revoked or the Retained
Franchise Management Agreement is terminated pursuant to its terms, the Seller
shall cause the appropriate Subsidiary promptly thereafter to assign to the
Buyer any right such Subsidiary may have with respect thereto and transfer
the
related Retained Assets to the Buyer. In the event that the Buyer is legally
prohibited from managing any Retained Franchise, the Buyer and the Seller
shall
negotiate in good faith to resolve the
management thereof to preserve the purpose and intent of this Section
2.5(b).
Except
as the parties shall agree as set forth in Section 2.5(c), the Base Purchase
Price shall not be reduced in respect of any Franchise or Shares not transferred
at the Closing, and any adjustments to the Base Purchase Price pursuant to
this
Agreement shall be made as of the Closing Time as if the Retained Franchises,
Retained Assets and the Retained Shares were transferred at the
Closing. In
addition, the Buyer shall become liable for the Assumed Liabilities with respect
to the Retained Franchises, Retained Assets and Retained Shares as of the
Closing Time, and all representations and warranties (except as to those
Required Consents that have not been obtained) made in connection with the
Retained Franchises, Retained Assets and Retained Shares shall (I) be made
as of
the Closing Date rather than any subsequent transfer date and (II) survive
as if
such transfers occurred on the Closing Date. The Buyer and the Seller shall
cooperate with respect to, and shall equally share the expenses of defending
any
legal challenges alleging the premature, unlawful or invalid transfer of any
of
the Franchises, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and consultants’ fees as
well as the actual amount of any judgments obtained by a Governmental Authority
resulting from (i) the transfer of any such Franchise without proper consent,
or
(ii) any action taken by the Buyer as manager and any amounts paid to reinstate
any such Franchise revoked. If
a
Retained Franchise is revoked for any reason, there shall be no compensation
or
other remuneration paid by any party to another party as a result of such
revocation. Solely
for purposes of determining the applicable percentage of individually-billed
subscribers under this Section 2.5(b), Section 6.2(c) and Section
6.3(c), the parties shall use the number of subscribers in the Systems set
forth
on Schedule 6.3(c) of the Disclosure Schedules.
(c) If
any
Governmental Authority exercises its right of first refusal under any Franchise
and the applicable Subsidiary is thereby required to transfer any of the
Transferred
Assets
to
such Governmental Authority or its designee, then the parties shall negotiate
in good faith to resolve the treatment of such Franchise (and corresponding
subscribers) and equitably adjust the Purchase Price and other terms of the
Agreement in a manner that preserves the purpose and intent of this Agreement
as
if such Franchise was never a part of this transaction.
Section
2.6 Consideration.
In full
consideration for the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance and delivery
(including pursuant to Section 2.5(b)) of the Transferred Assets to the Buyer,
at the Closing, the Buyer shall (a) pay to or as directed by the Seller, by
wire
transfer to a bank account or accounts designated in writing by the Seller
to
the Buyer at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date, an amount equal
to $770,000,000 (the “Base
Purchase Price”,
and as
adjusted in accordance with this Agreement, the “Purchase
Price”),
less
(i) the Tax Benefit Adjustment and (ii) the Escrow Fund, in immediately
available funds in United States dollars and (b) assume the Assumed Liabilities.
The Purchase Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section
2.9.
Section
2.7 Purchase
Price Deposit.
Within
5 days after the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Buyer shall
deposit a portion of the Purchase Price in the amount of $11,550,000 (together
with any additional amount paid pursuant to Section 2.7(iv) below, if any,
the
“Deposit”)
in
immediately available funds in United States dollars in escrow with the St
Louis, Missouri branch of US Bank, N.A. (the “Escrow
Agent”),
to be
held by the Escrow Agent in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
Escrow Agreement (the Deposit, together with any interest earned thereon, is
referred to herein as the “Escrow
Fund”).
By the
close of business on May 15, 2006, (i) the Cox Assets shall have been acquired
by the Buyer, (ii) the Cox Assets shall have been acquired by an entity under
common control with the Buyer (or a permitted assignee of the Buyer) and the
equity financing for the acquisition of the Cox Assets shall have been
contributed by a parent company of such Person, (iii)
either (A) the Seller shall have failed to furnish to the Buyer the Audited
Financial Statements in the form required by Section 5.22(a) on or before April
3, 2006 (or such other date as the parties shall reasonably agree that does
not
impact the Buyer's financing of the acquisition of the Cox Assets or the
financing contemplated by the Financing Commitments) or (B) the
Seller
shall have failed to comply, in all material respects, with Section 5.24(b)
or
(iv) the Buyer shall have deposited an additional $11,550,000 in the Escrow
Fund
(each a “Liquidity
Transaction”).
At the
Closing, the Escrow Agent shall disburse the amounts held in the Escrow Fund
to
the Seller. In the event that this Agreement is terminated prior to the Closing,
the Escrow Agent shall disburse the Escrow Fund in accordance with Section
8.3.
Section
2.8 Closing.
(a) The
sale
and purchase of the Transferred Assets and the assumption of the Assumed
Liabilities contemplated by this Agreement shall take place at a closing (the
“Closing”)
to be
held at the offices of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, 200 Park Avenue, New
York, NY, at 10:00 A.M. New York City time, on the third Business Day after
all
conditions to the obligations of the parties set forth in Article
VI (other than such conditions as may, by their terms, be satisfied only at
the
Closing or on the Closing Date), have been satisfied or to the extent permitted
by applicable Law, waived (or at such other place, date, or time as may be
(b) agreed
by
the parties). The day on which the Closing takes place is referred to herein
as
the “Closing
Date”.
(b) At
the
Closing, the Seller shall cause to be delivered to the Buyer the following
documents:
(i) duly
executed copies of each of the Ancillary Agreements;
(ii) a
duly
executed certificate of the secretary of the Seller and each of the Subsidiaries
as to (x) incumbency and specimen signatures of officers of the Seller and/or
such of the Subsidiaries executing this Agreement and/or the Ancillary
Agreements and (y) the resolutions of the appropriate governing body of each
such entity authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement and/or the Ancillary Agreements;
(iii) a
duly
executed certificate of an officer of the Seller pursuant to Section
6.3(a);
(iv) the
originals or, if not readily available, copies of all Required Consents received
on or before the Closing;
(v) all
Books
and Records (which, other than the corporate records of the C-Corporations,
the
parties agree are deemed delivered to the extent they exist at the
Systems);
(vi) duly
endorsed stock certificates representing the Shares;
(vii) evidence
of the release of the liens set forth on Schedule 3.4 of the Disclosure
Schedules together with any other liens of record on the Closing Date (other
than Permitted Encumbrances); and
(viii) the
resignations of the directors and officers of the C-Corporations.
(c) At
the
Closing, the Buyer shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Seller the
following documents:
(i) duly
executed copies of each of the Ancillary Agreements;
(ii) a
duly
executed certificate of the secretary of the Buyer as to (x) incumbency and
specimen signatures of officers of the Buyer executing this Agreement and the
Ancillary Agreements and (y) the resolutions of the appropriate governing body
of the Buyer authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements; and
(iii) a
duly
executed certificate of an officer of the Buyer pursuant to Section
6.2(a).
Section
2.9 Adjustment
of Purchase Price.
(a) Closing
Date Working Capital Adjustment.
(i) Not
later
than 15 days prior to the Closing, the Seller shall prepare, or cause to be
prepared, and deliver, together with reasonable supporting documentation, to
the
Buyer the Pre-Closing Working Capital Statement, which shall set forth the
Seller’s good-faith estimate of the Current Assets, the Current Liabilities and
the Pre-Closing Net Asset Value of the Business as of the Closing Time. The
Current Assets and the Current Liabilities reflected in the Pre-Closing Working
Capital Statement shall be prepared in a manner consistent with the Seller’s
accounting methods, policies, practices and procedures used in the preparation
of the Balance Sheet. Not less than seven days prior to the Closing, the Buyer
shall provide the Seller with any good-faith objections to the Pre-Closing
Working Capital Statement in writing. After considering the Buyer’s objections,
the Seller, in good faith, shall make such revisions with which it agrees to
the
Pre-Closing Working Capital Statement not less than three days prior to the
Closing, and the Pre-Closing Net Asset Value shall be based upon the amount
set
forth in the Seller’s revised Pre-Closing Working Capital Statement. Any
disagreements that may continue to exist with respect to the Pre-Closing Working
Capital Statement shall be resolved in connection with the Final Working Capital
Statement pursuant to Sections 2.9(d) and (f).
(ii) At
the
Closing, the Base Purchase Price shall be: (A) increased by the amount the
Pre-Closing Net Asset Value (as amended pursuant to Section 2.9(c))is greater
than $0.00 or (B) decreased by the amount the Pre-Closing Net Asset Value
(as amended pursuant to Section 2.9(c)) is less than $0.00.
(b) Closing
Date RGU Adjustment.
(i) Not
later
than 15 days prior to the Closing, the Seller shall in good-faith prepare,
or
cause to be prepared, and deliver to the Buyer the Pre-Closing RGU Statement,
together with reasonable supporting documentation. The Pre-Closing RGU Statement
shall be prepared in a manner consistent with the Seller’s accounting methods,
policies, practices and procedures used in the preparation of the System Reports
(as adjusted to conform with the definition of "RGU" as set forth in this
Agreement). Not
less
than seven days
prior to the Closing, the Buyer shall provide the Seller with any good faith
objections to the Pre-Closing RGU Statement in writing. After considering the
Buyer’s objections, the Seller, in good faith, shall make such revisions with
which it agrees to the Pre-Closing RGU Statement and shall deliver a revised
Pre-Closing RGU Statement not less than three days prior to the Closing. The
RGU
adjustment referred to in clause 2.9(b)(ii) shall be based upon the number
of
RGUs set forth in the revised Pre-Closing RGU Statement. Any disagreements
that
may continue to exist with respect to the Pre-Closing RGU Statement will be
resolved in connection with the Final RGU Statement pursuant to Sections 2.9(e)
and (f).
(ii) At
the
Closing, the Base Purchase Price shall be decreased, if the number of RGUs
(as
set forth in the Pre-Closing RGU Statement) is less than the Lower RGU Limit,
by
an amount equal to: (1) the Price Per RGU multiplied by (2) the Lower
RGU
Limit
less the number of RGUs (as set forth in the Pre-Closing RGU Statement);
provided,
however,
that
adjustments made pursuant to this Section 2.9(b)(ii) shall not reduce the
Purchase Price paid at the Closing by more than 10% of the Base Purchase
Price.
(c) Closing
Date Adjustment for Buyer's Objections.
If,
after the Seller considers the Buyer's objections with respect thereto, the
aggregate amount of disagreements with respect to the Pre-Closing Working
Capital Statement and Pre-Closing RGU Statement exceed $3,000,000, then at
the
Closing, the Pre-Closing Net Asset Value shall be decreased by the amount of
such excess over $3,000,000 and the amounts in dispute will be resolved pursuant
to Section 2.9(f).
(d) Final
Working Capital Adjustment.
(i) Not
more
than 120 days following the Closing, the Buyer shall prepare, or cause to be
prepared, and deliver to the Seller the Final Working Capital Statement, which
shall set forth the Current Assets and the Current Liabilities of the Business
as of the Closing Time. The Current Assets and the Current Liabilities reflected
in the Final Working Capital Statement shall be prepared in a manner consistent
with the Seller’s accounting methods, policies, practices and procedures used in
the preparation of the Balance Sheet. The Buyer shall derive the Final Net
Asset
Value from the Final Working Capital Statement, and shall deliver such
calculation and the Final Working Capital Statement to the Seller.
(ii) The
Seller shall complete its review of the Final Working Capital Statement and
the
Buyer’s calculation of the Final Net Asset Value within 30 days after delivery
thereof. In the event that the Seller determines that the Final Working Capital
Statement has not been prepared on the basis set forth in Section 2.9(d)(i),
the
Seller may, on or before the last day of such 30-day period, so inform the
Buyer
in writing (the “Seller
Working Capital Objection”),
setting forth a specific description of the basis for the Seller’s determination
and the adjustments to the Final Working Capital Statement and the corresponding
adjustments to the Final Net Asset Value that the Seller believes should be
made. If no Seller Working Capital Objection is received by the Buyer on or
before the last day of such 30-day period, then the Final Net Asset Value,
as
set forth on the Final Working Capital Statement delivered by the Buyer, shall
be final. The Buyer shall have 30 days from its receipt of the Seller Working
Capital Objection to review and respond to the Seller Working Capital
Objection.
(e) Final
RGU Adjustment.
(i) Not
more
than 120 days following the Closing, the Buyer shall prepare, or cause to be
prepared, and deliver to the Seller the Final RGU Statement. The Final RGU
Statement shall be prepared in a manner consistent with the Seller’s accounting
methods, policies, practices and procedures used in the preparation of the
System Reports (as adjusted to conform with the definition of "RGU" as set
forth
in this Agreement).
(ii) The
Seller shall complete its review of the Final RGU Statement within 30 days
after
delivery thereof. In the event that the Seller determines that the Final
RGU
Statement
has not been prepared on the basis set forth in Section 2.9(e)(i), the Seller
may, on or before the last day of such 30-day period, so inform the Buyer in
writing (the “Seller
RGU Objection”)
setting
forth a specific description of the basis for the Seller’s determination and the
adjustments to the Final RGU Statement and the corresponding adjustments to
the
Final RGU Purchase Price Adjustment that the Seller believes should be made.
If
no Seller RGU Objection is received by the Buyer on or before the last day
of
such 30-day period, then the Final RGU Purchase Price Adjustment, as set forth
on the Final RGU Statement delivered by the Buyer, shall be final. The Buyer
shall have 30 days from the receipt of the Seller RGU Objection to review and
respond to the Seller RGU Objection.
(f) Resolution
of the Seller Objections.
If the
Seller and the Buyer are unable to resolve all of their disagreements with
respect to the proposed adjustments set forth in the Seller Objections within
15
days following the completion of the Buyer’s review of the Seller Objections,
they shall refer any remaining disagreements with respect to the Seller
Objections to the CPA Firm that, acting as experts and not as arbitrators,
shall
determine, on the basis set forth in and in accordance with Sections 2.9(d)
and
2.9(e), and only with respect to the remaining differences so submitted, whether
and to what extent, if any, the (i) Final Working Capital Statement or (ii)
Final RGU Statement, as the case may be, require adjustment. The Buyer and
the
Seller shall instruct the CPA Firm to deliver its written determination to
the
Seller and the Buyer no later than 90 days after the remaining differences
underlying the Seller Objections are referred to the CPA Firm. The CPA Firm’s
determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Seller, the Buyer and
their respective Affiliates and may not be challenged or appealed in any
tribunal by any party. The Buyer and the Seller shall make readily available
to
the CPA Firm all relevant books and records and any work papers (including
those
of the parties’ respective accountants, to the extent permitted by such
accountants) relating to the Final Working Capital Statement, the Final RGU
Statement and the Seller Objections and all other items reasonably requested
by
the CPA Firm in connection therewith. If
either
party fails to reasonably cooperate with the CPA Firm or provide supporting
information requested by the CPA Firm within 30 days after such request, then
such party shall be in breach of this Agreement, which may be remedied in
accordance with Section 9.13(b) relating to enforcement.
The fees
and disbursements of the CPA Firm shall be borne by the Seller and the Buyer
in
proportion to the CPA Firm’s determination, as determined by the CPA Firm in
accordance with this Section 2.9(f), provided,
however,
that if
either party seeks to enforce this provision in accordance with Section 9.13,
and such relief is granted, then the other party will bear all additional fees
and costs in connection with such enforcement, including all court costs and
attorney’s fees.
(g) Access
to Information.
Each
party shall provide to the other full access to the books and records of the
Business and to any other information, including work papers of its accountants
(to the extent permitted by such accountants), and to any employees during
regular business hours and on reasonable advance notice, to the extent necessary
for the preparation of or response to the Final Working Capital Statement and
the Final RGU Statement or any objections thereto, and to prepare materials
for
presentation to the CPA Firm in connection with Section 2.9(f).
(h) Final
Purchase Price Adjustment.
(i) Following
the Closing, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted by the Final Purchase Price
Adjustment Amount. The “Final
Purchase Price Adjustment Amount”
shall be
equal to the amount determined by netting the Final Working Capital Adjustment
Amount and the Final RGU Purchase Price Adjustment, if any, as payable to the
Seller or the Buyer, as the case may be.
(ii) If
the
Final Purchase Price Adjustment Amount is positive, the Buyer shall promptly
(and in any event within five Business Days) after the final determination
thereof pay to the Seller the Final Purchase Price Adjustment Amount, plus
interest from the Closing Date to, but not including, the date of payment at
LIBOR calculated on a 365-day basis, in U.S. Dollars by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to an account or accounts designated by the
Seller.
(iii) If
the
Final Purchase Price Adjustment Amount is negative, the Seller shall promptly
(and in any event within five Business Days) after the final determination
thereof pay to the Buyer the Final Purchase Price Adjustment Amount, plus
interest from the Closing Date to, but not including, the date of payment at
LIBOR calculated on a 365-day basis, in U.S. Dollars by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to an account or accounts designated by the
Buyer.
Section
2.10 Allocation
of Purchase Price.
The
Buyer and the Seller agree that the Purchase Price and the amount of Assumed
Liabilities that are liabilities for income tax purposes shall be allocated
for
federal income tax purposes among the Transferred Assets as shall be determined
by the parties in accordance with this Agreement (the “Allocation
Schedule”).
The
Allocation Schedule shall be prepared in accordance with Section 1060 of the
Code. The Buyer shall deliver a draft of the Allocation Schedule at least 30
days prior to the Closing Date for approval and consent, and the Buyer and
the
Seller shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to agree upon the
Allocation Schedule prior to the Closing Date. Neither the Buyer nor the Seller
shall unreasonably withhold its approval and consent with respect to the
Allocation Schedule. The Buyer and the Seller agree that the Allocation Schedule
shall be amended to reflect adjustments to the Base Purchase Price made pursuant
to this Agreement. If the parties are unable to agree on the final Allocation
Schedule within 90 days after the Closing Date, a third-party appraiser selected
by the Buyer, and reasonably acceptable to the Seller, the fees of which shall
be borne equally by the Buyer and the Seller, shall resolve the allocation
of
the consideration to any items with respect to which there is a dispute between
the parties. Unless otherwise required by applicable Law, the Buyer and the
Seller agree to act, and cause their respective Affiliates to act, in accordance
with the computations and allocations contained in the Allocation Schedule
in
any relevant Tax Returns or similar filings (including any forms or reports
required to be filed pursuant to Section 1060 of the Code (the “1060
Forms”)),
to
cooperate in the preparation of any 1060 Forms, to file such 1060 Forms in
the
manner required by applicable Law, to update such 1060 Forms in accordance
with
the method used in making the allocation to the extent necessary to reflect
purchase price adjustments and to not take any position inconsistent with such
Allocation Schedule upon examination of any Tax Returns, in any litigation
or
otherwise. For the purposes of this Section 2.10, the covenant contained in
Section 5.21 shall be included in the Transferred Assets.
ARTCILE
III
REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES
OF
THE SELLER
Except
as
set forth in the Disclosure Schedules attached hereto (collectively, the
“Disclosure
Schedules”),
the
Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer that
the
statements contained in this Article III are true, correct and complete as
of
the date of this Agreement and will be true, correct and complete as of the
Closing Date, except in each case to the extent that such statements are
expressly made only as of a specified date, in which case the Seller represents
and warrants that such statements are true, correct and complete as of such
specified date.
Section
3.1 Organization
and Qualification.
The
Seller and each Subsidiary is an entity validly existing and in good standing
in
the state set forth opposite its name on Schedule 3.1 of the Disclosure
Schedules and has all necessary corporate, limited liability company or
partnership power and authority, as the case may be, to own, lease and operate
the Transferred Assets and to carry on the Business as it is now being
conducted. Each Subsidiary is a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary
of
the Seller. Each Subsidiary is duly qualified or licensed as a foreign
corporation to do business, and in good standing, in each jurisdiction set
forth
opposite its name on Schedule 3.1 of the Disclosure Schedules.
Section
3.2 Authority.
The
Seller and each Subsidiary has full corporate, limited liability company or
partnership power and authority, as the case may be, to execute and deliver
this
Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which they will be a party,
to
perform their obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery by
the
Seller of this Agreement and by the Seller and each Subsidiary of each of the
Ancillary Agreements to which they will be a party and the consummation by
the
Seller and the Subsidiaries of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby
have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate, limited
liability company or partnership action, as the case may be. This Agreement
has
been, and upon their execution each of the Ancillary Agreements to which the
Seller and the Subsidiaries will be a party will have been, duly executed and
delivered by the Seller and the Subsidiaries, as the case may be. This Agreement
constitutes, and upon their execution each of the Ancillary Agreements to which
the Seller and the Subsidiaries will be a party will constitute, the legal,
valid and binding obligations of the Seller and the Subsidiaries, as the case
may be, enforceable against the Seller and the Subsidiaries in accordance with
their respective terms, except as enforcement may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting
creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of
whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
Section
3.3 No
Conflict; Required Filings and Consents.
(a) Except
for the Required Consents set forth on Schedule 3.3 of the Disclosure Schedules,
and all consents required for the transfer of agreements related to multiple
dwelling units which serve 200 or less units or commercial establishments,
the
execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of this Agreement, and by
the
Seller and the Subsidiaries of each of
the
Ancillary Agreements to which the Seller and the Subsidiaries will be a party,
and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, do
not
and will not:
(i) conflict
with or violate the organizational documents (such as the certificates of
formation or limited liability company agreements) of the Seller or any
Subsidiary;
(ii) conflict
with or violate any Law applicable to the Seller or the Subsidiaries, the
Business or any of the Transferred Assets or by which the Seller or the
Subsidiaries, the Business or any of the Transferred Assets may be bound or
affected;
(iii) conflict
with, result in any breach of, constitute a default (or an event that, with
notice or lapse of time or both, would become a default) under, require any
consent of or notice to or any filing with, any Person pursuant to, or give
to
others any rights to modify, amend, terminate, accelerate or cancel, any (A)
Material Contract or Permit, (B) leases for Material Real Property or (C)
retransmission consent, or otherwise to materially impair the ability of the
Buyer to own and operate the Systems after the Closing in the manner operated
by
the Subsidiaries prior to the Closing;
(iv) give
rise
to any right to acquire any of the Systems or Transferred Assets pursuant to
any
right of first refusal or similar right; or
(v) result
in
the creation upon any of the Transferred Assets of any Encumbrance (other than
a
Permitted Encumbrance);
except,
in the case of clause (ii), for any such conflicts or violations that would
not,
individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect or that arise as a result of any facts or circumstances relating
to the Buyer or any of its Affiliates.
(b) Neither
the Seller nor the Subsidiaries are required to file, seek or obtain any notice,
authorization, approval, order, permit or consent of or with any Governmental
Authority in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the
Seller of this Agreement and by the Seller and the Subsidiaries of each of
the
Ancillary Agreements to which the Seller and the Subsidiaries will be a party
or
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or in order
to prevent the termination of any right, privilege, license or qualification
of
the Business, except (i) for any filings required to be made under the HSR
Act,
or (ii) for any Required Consents set forth on Schedule 3.3 of the
Disclosure Schedules.
Section
3.4 Transferred
Assets.
Upon
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and receipt
of
all necessary consents, the Subsidiaries will have, directly or indirectly,
assigned, transferred and conveyed to the Buyer, title to all of the Transferred
Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances except Permitted Encumbrances.
Schedule 3.4 of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth those Encumbrances, other
than the Permitted Encumbrances, that exist as of the date hereof, which
Encumbrances will be terminated, released or waived, as appropriate, at or
prior
to the Closing Date. Except as described on Schedule 3.4 of the Disclosure
Schedules, the Transferred Assets and the Excluded Assets comprise all the
assets, properties or rights used or held for use by the Seller or the
Subsidiaries or any Affiliate thereof in the operation of the Business or the
Systems.
Section
3.5 Financial Statements.
True
and complete copies of the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Business
as of December 31, 2004 and 2005, (the balance sheet as of
December 31, 2005 is referred to herein as the “Balance
Sheet”)
and the
related unaudited consolidated statements of results of operations and cash
flows of the Business for the three years ended December 31, 2005,
(collectively referred to as the “Financial
Statements”)
and the
System Reports as of the end of each month from January 1, 2004, through
December 31, 2005, are attached hereto as Schedule 3.5 of the Disclosure
Schedules. The Financial Statements (i) have been prepared based on the books
and records of the Seller and the Subsidiaries pertaining to the Business
(except as may be indicated in any notes thereto); (ii) have been prepared
in
accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods
indicated (except as may be indicated in any notes thereto) and (iii) fairly
present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position, results
of operations and cash flows of the Business as at the date thereof and for
the
respective periods indicated therein, except as otherwise noted therein. The
System Reports have been and will be prepared in a manner consistent with the
Seller’s accounting methods, policies, practices and procedures used in the
preparation of the Financial Statements. Since
December 31, 2005, the Seller and the Subsidiaries have not changed, in any
material manner, any accounting methods, policies, practices or procedures,
unless required by GAAP, and no change has materially impacted the calculation
of Operating Cash Flow.
Section
3.6 Absence
of Certain Changes or Events.
Except
as disclosed in Schedule 3.6 of the Disclosure Schedules, as of the date of
this Agreement and since the date of the Balance Sheet, the Seller and the
Subsidiaries have conducted the Business, in all material respects, in the
ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and there has not
occurred any Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.7 Compliance
with Law.
(a) The
Seller and the Subsidiaries have complied in all material respects with all
Laws
applicable to them in connection with the conduct or operation of the Business
and the ownership or use of the Transferred Assets. Except as disclosed in
Schedule 3.7(a) of the Disclosure Schedules, neither the Seller nor any
Subsidiary has, since January 1, 2004, received any notice of any claims of
any
Governmental Authority with respect to the failure to comply in any material
respect with any such Laws.
(b) Schedule
3.7(b) of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth a list of all Franchises and
Licenses related to the Business, all of which are held by the Subsidiaries.
Except as set forth in Schedule 3.7(b) of the Disclosure Schedules, all permits,
Licenses, Franchises, approvals, certificates, consents, waivers, concessions,
exemptions, orders, registrations, notices or other authorizations of any
Governmental Authority necessary for the Subsidiaries to operate the Business
(the “Permits”)
are
held by the Seller and the Subsidiaries and are in full force and effect and
constitute the valid, legal, binding and enforceable obligation of each
Subsidiary that is a party thereto, except where the failure to have, or the
suspension or cancellation of, any of the Permits would not, individually or
in
the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The
Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with the Permits and
no
suspension or cancellation of any of the Permits is pending or, to the
Knowledge
of
the
Seller, threatened. True and correct copies of each Permit listed on Schedule
3.7(b) of the Disclosure Schedules have been delivered to or made available
to
the Buyer.
(c) Except
as
set forth in Schedule 3.7(c) of the Disclosure Schedules, a written request
for
renewal has been timely filed pursuant to Section 626(a) of the Cable Act with
the proper Governmental Authority with respect to any Franchise expiring within
30 months after the date of this Agreement. Schedule 3.7(c) also lists (i)
any
Franchise Areas in which the Subsidiaries maintain material operations within
the public right-of-way without a written Franchise and (ii) any areas in which
the Subsidiaries maintain material operations within the public right-of-way
without a Franchise.
Section
3.8 Litigation.
Except
as set forth on Schedule 3.8 of the Disclosure Schedules and except for routine
claims in the ordinary course of business which are not individually or in
the
aggregate material (and which do not relate to the C-Corporations), as of the
date hereof, (a) there is no Action by or against the Seller or any Subsidiary
in connection with the Business pending, or to the Knowledge of the Seller,
threatened in writing; and (b) there is not in existence any final judgment
requiring the Seller or any Subsidiary to take any action of any kind with
respect to the Transferred Assets or the operation of the Business, or to which
the Seller or any Subsidiary, the Business, the Systems or the Transferred
Assets are subject or by which they are bound or affected.
Section
3.9 Employee
Plans.
(a) Schedule
3.9 of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth all material Employee
Plans.
(b) Except
as
disclosed on Schedule 3.9 of the Disclosure Schedules, with respect to the
Employee Plans: (i) each of the Employee Plans has been operated and
administered in all material respects in accordance with applicable Law and
administrative or governmental rules and regulations, including ERISA and the
Code, except to the extent any noncompliance would not reasonably be expected
to
result in any liability imposed upon the Buyer, and (ii) neither the Seller
nor
any ERISA Affiliate has any outstanding liability or could reasonably be
expected to incur liability under Section 412(f) or (n) of the Code and/or
Title
IV of ERISA (other than for the payment of Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
premiums in the ordinary course).
(c) Each
Employee Plan which is intended to be “qualified” within the meaning of Section
401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the
Internal Revenue Service and, to the Seller’s Knowledge, no event has occurred
and no condition exists which would reasonably be expected to result in the
revocation of any such determination.
(d) Neither
the Seller nor any ERISA Affiliate contributes to or is required to contribute
to any multiemployer plan.
Section
3.10 Labor
and Employment Matters.
Except
as set forth on Schedule 3.10 of the Disclosure Schedules, as of the date of
this Agreement:
(a) no
Business Employees are represented by a labor organization or group that was
either certified by any labor relations board, including the National Labor
Relations Board, or any other Governmental Authority or voluntarily recognized
by the Seller or any Subsidiary as
the
exclusive bargaining representative of a unit of employees and, to the Knowledge
of the Seller, no Business Employee is represented by any other labor union
or
organization. Neither the Seller nor any Subsidiary is a party to or has any
obligation under any union contract, or an obligation (other than under any
applicable Law) to recognize or deal with any labor union or organization,
and
there are no such contracts pertaining to or that determine the terms or
conditions of employment of any Business Employee;
(b) to
the
Knowledge of the Seller (i) no representation, election, petition or application
for certification has been filed by any Business Employee within the preceding
two years or is pending with the National Labor Relations Board or any other
Governmental Authority, and (ii) no overt union organization campaign or other
overt attempt to organize or establish a labor union, employee organization
or
labor organization or group involving any Business Employee is in progress,
has
occurred within the preceding two years or has been threatened; and
(c) no
labor
dispute, walk out, strike, slowdown, hand billing, picketing, work stoppage
(sympathetic or otherwise), or other “concerted action” organized by any
Business Employee is in progress, has occurred within the preceding two years
or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, has been threatened.
Section
3.11 Real
Property.
(a) Schedule
3.11(a) of the Disclosure Schedules lists each parcel of Real Property owned
by
the Subsidiaries that constitutes a Transferred Asset (the “Owned
Real Property”)
and
identifies those parcels that constitute Material Real Property. The Seller
has
delivered or made available to the Buyer, to the extent it possesses the same,
title reports for each parcel of Owned Real Property.
(b) Except
as
disclosed on Schedule 3.11(b) of the Disclosure Schedules, (i) the Subsidiaries
have or as of the Closing Time will have fee simple title to all Owned Real
Property, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances,
(ii) neither the Seller nor the Subsidiaries have received written notice from
any Governmental Authority that any of the Owned Real Property is not in
material compliance with all applicable Laws, except for such failures to
comply, if any, which have been remedied, (iii) to the Knowledge of the Seller,
there is no pending or written threat of condemnation or similar proceeding
affecting the Owned Real Property or any portion thereof, and (iv) there is
access to all Owned Real Property either by public roads or by the
Easements.
(c) Schedule
3.11(c) of the Disclosure Schedules lists the parcels of Real Property leased
by
the Subsidiaries that constitute Transferred Assets (the “Leased
Real Property”)
and
identifies those parcels that constitute Material Real Property.
(d) Except
as
disclosed on Schedule 3.11(d) of the Disclosure Schedules (i) the Seller and
the
Subsidiaries have, or as of the Closing Time will have, a valid leasehold estate
in all Leased Real Property, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than
Permitted Encumbrances, (ii) neither the Seller nor the Subsidiaries have
received written notice from any Governmental Authority that any of the Leased
Real Property is not in material compliance with all applicable
Laws,
except for such failures to comply, if any, which have been remedied, (iii)
all
leases in respect of the Leased Real Property are in full force and effect,
neither the Seller nor the Subsidiaries have received any written notice of
a
material breach or default thereunder, and to the Knowledge of the Seller,
no
event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute
a breach or default thereunder, (iv) to the Knowledge of the Seller, there
is no
pending or written threat of condemnation or similar proceeding affecting the
Leased Real Property or any portion thereof, (v) the Seller has delivered or
made available to the Buyer true and complete copies of the written leases
in
effect at the date hereof relating to the Leased Real Property; provided,
however,
that
the leases with respect to which copies have not been delivered or made
available do not contain obligations material to the Buyer that will be
applicable to the Buyer after the Closing and (vi) there has not been any
sublease or assignment entered into by the Seller or the Subsidiaries in respect
of the leases relating to the Leased Real Property except for those disclosed
on
Schedule 3.11(d) of the Disclosure Schedules.
(e) Schedule 3.11(e)
of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth the material rights to use all other
Real
Property pursuant to the easements, rights-of-way or other rights necessary
to
conduct the Business, except for easements or rights-of-way granted pursuant
to
Permits (collectively, the “Easements”).
Except
as set forth on Schedule 3.11(e) of the Disclosure Schedules and except for
easements or rights-of-way granted pursuant to Permits, the Subsidiaries have,
or as of the Closing Time will have, the valid and enforceable right to use
the
Easements, in each case subject only to Permitted Encumbrances.
Section
3.12 Retransmission
Consent and Must-Carry; Rate Regulation; Copyright Compliance.
(a) Schedule
3.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedules lists the broadcast stations carried by
the
Systems and designates whether they are carried pursuant to “must-carry”
election or retransmission consent status pursuant to the Cable Act. Except
as
described on Schedule 3.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedules, each station carried
by the Systems is carried pursuant to a retransmission consent agreement,
“must-carry” election or other programming agreement.
(b) Neither
the Seller nor the Subsidiaries have, since July 1, 2002, received any written
notice, and the Seller has no Knowledge that, since July 1, 2002, the Seller,
the Subsidiaries or the Business: (i) are not or have not been in
compliance in all material respects with the Communications Act and the Cable
Act; or (ii) have not made all material filings required to be made by them
with the FCC in connection with the Business or provided all notices to
customers of the Business required under the Communications Act, other than
such
filings and notices, the failure of which to be made or provided would not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the Knowledge
of
the Seller, neither the Seller nor the Subsidiaries have, since July 1, 2002,
received any notice that any rates are not permitted rates under the rules
and
regulations of the FCC. Schedule 3.12(b) of the Disclosure Schedules lists,
as of the date hereof, all pending rate complaints, to the Knowledge of the
Seller, on file at the FCC with respect to the Business.
(c) The
Seller and the Subsidiaries have filed with the Copyright Office all required
statements of account with respect to the Business that were required to have
been filed since July 1, 2002 in accordance with the Copyright Act of 1976
and
regulations promulgated pursuant
thereto,
and the Seller and the Subsidiaries have paid all royalty fees payable with
respect to the Business since July 1, 2002. The Seller and the Subsidiaries
have
made available to the Buyer copies of all statements of account referred to
in
this Section 3.12(c).
Section
3.13 Taxes.
Except
as set forth on Schedule 3.13 of the Disclosure Schedules, the Seller and the
Subsidiaries have, in a timely manner, filed all material Tax Returns and other
reports required of them under all federal, state, local and foreign tax laws.
All such Tax Returns and reports are correct and complete in all material
respects. The Seller and the Subsidiaries have paid in full all Taxes or other
amounts required to be paid by them whether or not such amounts were shown
as
due on any Tax Returns, including all Taxes that the Seller and the Subsidiaries
are obligated to withhold from amounts paid or payable to or benefits conferred
upon employees, creditors and third parties. To the Knowledge of the Seller,
there are no proposed reassessments of any property owned by any of the
Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to materially affect the Taxes.
Except for Permitted Encumbrances, there are no liens for Taxes on any of the
Transferred Assets. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.13 of the Disclosure
Schedules, there is no deficiency, assessment or audit from any taxing authority
that could materially affect the Seller and the Subsidiaries or that could
result in any liability of the Buyer or the imposition of any liens upon the
Transferred Assets. No
Tax
authority in a jurisdiction in which the Seller or any of its Subsidiaries
does
not file Tax Returns has made a claim, assertion or threat relating to the
Business that the Seller or any of the Subsidiaries is or may be subject to
Tax
in such jurisdictions.
Section
3.14 Environmental
Matters.
(a) The
Seller and the Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with
all
applicable Environmental Laws and there are no written claims pursuant to any
Environmental Law pending or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, threatened,
against the Seller or the Subsidiaries in connection with the conduct or
operation of the Business or the ownership or use of the Transferred
Assets.
(b) To
the
Knowledge of the Seller, there are no liabilities under any Environmental Law
with respect to the Real Property. To the Knowledge of the Seller, neither
the
Seller, any Subsidiary nor any other Person has used the Real Property for
the
manufacture, transportation, treatment, storage or disposal of Hazardous
Substances, except for gasoline and diesel fuel, and such use of Hazardous
Substances customary in the construction, maintenance and operation of a cable
communications system and in amounts or under circumstances that would not
reasonably be expected to give rise to material liability for remediation
required pursuant to any Environmental Law. Except as set forth on Schedule
3.14(b) of the Disclosure Schedules, to the Knowledge of the Seller, there
are
no underground or aboveground storage tanks that store or have stored any
Hazardous Substance on any of the Real Property. To the Knowledge of the Seller,
there have been no releases of any Hazardous Substances on or from, nor are
there any Hazardous Substances on, at, or under any Owned Real Property or,
to
the Seller’s Knowledge, any Leased Real Property that violate any Environmental
Law, require notification to any Governmental Authority or require any response
action pursuant to any Environmental Law.
(c) The
Seller has delivered or made available to the Buyer copies and results of any
reports, studies, analyses, tests, or monitoring of which the Seller has
Knowledge and which is
possessed
or initiated by the Seller or any Subsidiary pertaining to Hazardous Substances
at, on, about, under or within any Systems, or any Real Property or concerning
compliance by the Seller or any Subsidiary or any other Person for whose conduct
the Seller and its Affiliates are responsible, with Environmental
Laws.
(d) The
representations and warranties contained in this Section 3.14 are the only
representations and warranties being made with respect to compliance with or
liability under Environmental Laws or with respect to any environmental, health
or safety matter, including natural resources, related to the Business, the
Transferred Assets or the Seller’s or the Subsidiaries’ ownership or operation
thereof.
Section
3.15 Contracts.
(a) Schedule
3.15 of the Disclosure Schedules lists each of the following Contracts (it
being
understood that Schedule 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedules does not list any
agreements with subscribers, including any individually-billed subscribers,
multiple dwelling units which serve 200 or less units or commercial
establishments for the services provided by the Systems in the ordinary course
of business):
(i) any
Contract relating to the use of any public utility facilities, including all
pole line, joint pole or master contracts for pole attachment rights and the
use
of conduits (each, a “Pole
Attachment Agreement”);
(ii) any
Contract relating to the use of any microwave or satellite transmission
facilities;
(iii) any
Contract relating to the sale of cablecast time to third parties for advertising
or other purposes;
(iv) any
Contract for the purchase, sale or lease of Real Property or any other property
or any option to purchase or sell Real Property or any other property, providing
for aggregate payments by or to the Seller or the Subsidiaries in an amount
in
excess of $150,000 or which relate to any Real Property or other property
material to the operation of the Business;
(v) any
installment sale Contract or liability for the deferred purchase price of
property with respect to any of the Transferred Assets involving payments
exceeding, an aggregate for any individual Contract of $150,000;
(vi) any
other
Contract involving aggregate payments under any such Contract, to be made by
or
to the Seller or any Subsidiary, in excess of $150,000 that are not terminable
on 90 days notice or less;
(vii) any
agreements with multiple dwelling units which serve more than 200 units;
or
(viii)
any other contract that is material to the Business, taken as a whole, or that
contains any material non-monetary obligation.
The
Contracts set forth in clauses (i), (ii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (viii) above
and
any other agreements designated as “Material Contracts” on Schedule 3.15 of the
Disclosure Schedules being “Material
Contracts”.
(b) Except
as
set forth on Schedule 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedules, each Material Contract
is valid and binding on the Seller or the Subsidiaries, as the case may be,
is
in full force and effect, and legally enforceable in accordance with its terms
upon the Seller or any Subsidiary which is a party thereto and, to the Seller’s
Knowledge, upon the other parties thereto except as enforcement may be limited
by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar
laws
affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity
(regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), and
to
the Seller’s Knowledge, upon the other parties thereto. Except as set forth on
Schedule 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedules, neither the Seller nor the
Subsidiaries, nor, to the Seller’s Knowledge, any other Person, are in material
breach of, or default under, any Material Contract to which they, or such other
Person, are a party.
(c) The
Pole
Attachment Agreements represent all contracts, permits, privileges and other
authorizations necessary to permit the Subsidiaries to install, maintain,
operate and use utility poles and conduits and such other facilities as are
currently used in the Systems or are necessary for the operation of the Systems
and the Transferred Assets as currently operated, other than any such contracts,
permits, privileges or other authorizations, the failure of which to be held
or
of the Seller or a Subsidiary to be a party to that would not, individually
or
in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedules, there are
no
pending or unresolved or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, threatened audits
with
respect to any utility attachment or conduit usage relating to the
Systems.
(d) Schedule
3.15 of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth a true and complete list of all
capital leases related to any of the Transferred Assets.
(e) Schedule
2.2(r) of the Disclosure Schedules lists all contracts, except for those
contracts that constitute Excluded Assets pursuant to Sections 2.2(b), 2.2(c),
2.2(d), 2.2(e), 2.2(f), 2.2(g), 2.2(n), 2.2(o), 2.2(p), 2.2(s) and 2.2(t) to
which any Subsidiary and/or one or more Affiliates of the Seller are parties
that relate to any System as well as one or more cable systems of CCI and its
subsidiaries that are not included in the Systems, including all master
contracts for retransmission consent, advertising sales, tower leases, and
master multiple dwelling units (other than any subordinate tower lease or
multiple dwelling unit contracts that incorporate the terms of such master
contracts by reference); in each case, that would, but for the fact that they
relate to one or more cable systems of CCI and its subsidiaries that are not
included in the Systems, be required to be disclosed on Schedule 3.15 of the
Disclosure Schedules.
Section
3.16 System
Information.
Schedule 3.16 of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth, as of the dates set forth
in such Schedule, a true and complete statement of the following information
with respect to each System: (i) the total number of individual basic
subscribers, digital subscribers, equivalent basic units for bulk and commercial
subscribers and high speed Internet subscribers served (determined in the same
manner as the System Reports); (ii) the bandwidth capacity specified in MHz
which each System is capable of passing in accordance
with
the
performance standards set forth in 47 CFR Part 76; (iii) the channel line-up
and
rate card, (iv) the aerial and underground plant miles, and (v) the approximate
number of homes passed (as determined by the Seller in a manner consistent
with
past practice).
Section
3.17 Brokers.
Except
for Daniels & Associates and JPMorgan Securities, Inc., the fees of which
shall be paid by the Seller, no broker, finder or investment banker is entitled
to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the
transactions contemplated hereby based upon arrangements made by or on behalf
of
the Seller or the Subsidiaries.
Section
3.18 Intellectual
Property.
To the
Seller’s Knowledge, except as disclosed on Schedule 3.18 of the Disclosure
Schedules, and except with respect to music licensing for which the Seller
makes
no representation or warranty, the Business has been operated in such a manner
so as not to violate or infringe upon the rights of any Person in any copyright,
trademark, service mark, patent, license, trade secret or other intellectual
property. There are no judgments, proceedings, writs, orders, injunctions,
awards or decrees of any court, judge, justice, magistrate or Governmental
Authority against the Seller or any Subsidiary that restrict, in any respect,
the rights of the Seller or any Subsidiary to use any Intellectual Property.
Schedule 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedules lists the software that is physically
located at the business offices located within the Systems and material to
the
operation of the Business.
Section
3.19 Transactions
with Affiliates.
Except
as disclosed on Schedule 3.19 of the Disclosure Schedules and except with
respect to customary corporate overhead services provided by the corporate,
divisional or regional offices of CCI, neither the Seller nor any Subsidiary
is
a party to any business arrangement or business relationship with any of its
Affiliates with respect to the Transferred Assets or operation of the Systems,
and none of their Affiliates owns any property or right, tangible or intangible,
that is material to the Seller’s or any Subsidiary’s operation of the Systems or
used primarily in the Seller’s or Subsidiary’s operation of the
Systems.
Section
3.20 Bonds;
Letters of Credit.
Each
franchise, construction, fidelity, performance, or other bond, guaranty in
lieu
of a bond, letter of credit, indemnity agreement or similar instrument posted
by
or on behalf of the Seller or any Subsidiary or required to be posted by the
Seller or any Subsidiary in connection with its operation or ownership of any
of
the Systems is set forth on Schedule 3.20 of the Disclosure Schedules, together
with the amount thereof.
Section
3.21 Overbuilds.
Except
as set forth on Schedule 3.21 of the Disclosure Schedules, to the Seller’s
Knowledge, as of the date of this Agreement, (i) no Person,
other
than the Seller, the Buyer, or their respective Affiliates, is
providing cable television service within the regions in which the Systems
operate, (ii) since December 31, 2003, no Person, other than the Seller, the
Buyer, or their respective Affiliates, has applied for a franchise to provide
cable television service within the regions in which the Systems operate and
(iii) since December 31, 2003,
no
Person, other than the Seller, the Buyer, or their respective Affiliates, has
publicly announced an intention to provide cable television service within
the
regions in which the Systems operate.
Section
3.22 Representations
and Warranties Related to the C-Corporations.
(a) Organization
and Qualification.
The
C-Corporation Parent Company and each of the C-Corporations is duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing in the state set forth opposite its name
on Schedule 3.22(a) of the Disclosure Schedules and has all necessary corporate
power and authority to own, lease and operate the Transferred Assets and to
carry on the Business as is now being conducted by the C-Corporations. The
C-Corporation Parent Company and each C-Corporation is duly qualified or
licensed as a foreign corporation to do business, and is in good standing,
in
each jurisdiction where such qualification or license is necessary or
appropriate as set forth opposite its name on Schedule 3.22(a) of the Disclosure
Schedules.
(b) Shares.
The
C-Corporation Parent Company is the record and beneficial owner of the Shares,
free and clear of any Encumbrances other than the Encumbrances set forth on
Schedule 3.4 of the Disclosure Schedules. The Seller has the right, authority
and power to cause the C-Corporation Parent Company to, and the C-Corporation
Parent Company has the right, authority and power to, sell, assign and transfer
the Shares to the Buyer. Upon delivery to the Buyer of certificates for the
Shares at the Closing and the Buyer's payment of the Purchase Price, the Buyer
shall acquire good, valid and marketable title to the Shares, free and clear
of
any Encumbrances, other than Encumbrances created by the Buyer.
(c) Capitalization.
Schedule 3.22(c) of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth, for each C-Corporation,
the amount of its authorized capital stock, the amount of its outstanding
capital stock and the record and beneficial owners of its outstanding capital
stock. Except for the Shares and except as set forth in Schedule 3.22(c) of
the
Disclosure Schedules, the C-Corporations have not issued or agreed to issue
any
(i) share of capital stock or other equity or ownership interest, (ii)
option, warrant or interest convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable
for
the purchase of shares of capital stock or other equity or ownership interests,
(iii) stock appreciation right, phantom stock, interest in the ownership or
earnings of any C-Corporation or other equity equivalent or equity-based award
or right or (iv) bond, debenture or other indebtedness having the right to
vote
or convertible or exchangeable for securities having the right to vote. Each
Share of each of the C-Corporations is duly authorized, validly issued, fully
paid and nonassessable, and each Share is owned by the C-Corporation Parent
Company, free and clear of any Encumbrances. All of the Shares have been
offered, sold and delivered in compliance with all applicable federal and state
securities laws. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.22(c) of the Disclosure
Schedules and except for rights granted to the Buyer under this Agreement,
there
are no outstanding obligations of the C-Corporations to issue, sell or transfer
or repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, or that relate to the holding,
voting or disposition of or that restrict the transfer of, the issued or
unissued capital stock or other equity or ownership interests of the
C-Corporations. No Shares have been issued in violation of any rights,
agreements, arrangements or commitments under any provision of applicable Law,
the certificates of incorporation or bylaws or equivalent organizational
documents of the C-Corporations or any Contract to which the C-Corporations
are
a party or by which the C-Corporations are bound. The Seller has delivered
to the Buyer true and complete copies of the organizational documents, minutes
and other corporate records of each of the C-Corporations as in effect on the
date hereof.
(d) Equity
Interests.
None of
the C-Corporations directly or indirectly owns any equity, partnership,
membership or similar interest in, or any interest convertible into, exercisable
for the purchase of or exchangeable for any such equity, partnership, membership
or similar interest, or is under any current or prospective obligation to form
or participate in, provide funds to, make any loan, capital contribution or
other investment in or assume any liability or obligation of, any
Person.
(e) Undisclosed
Liabilities.
The are
no liabilities of the C-Corporations of any nature whether or not required,
if
known, to be reflected or reserved against on a consolidated balance sheet
of
the C-Corporations prepared in accordance with GAAP or the notes thereto, other
than (i) liabilities that are reflected or reserved against in the Balance
Sheet, (ii) liabilities arising since December 31, 2004 in the ordinary course
of business consistent with past practice, (iii) liabilities arising in the
ordinary course of business pursuant to Contracts disclosed or referred to
in
the Schedules 3.7(b), 3.11(c) and 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedules or that
are
not required to be disclosed in the Disclosure Schedules pursuant to the terms
of this Agreement, (iv) liabilities expressly set forth in the Disclosure
Schedules, and (v) liabilities incurred after the date hereof in accordance
with, and not in violation of, Section 5.1.
(f) Transferred
Assets; Employees.
At the
Closing, the C-Corporations will have (x) disposed of any right, title or
interest in any asset that is not a Transferred Asset or (y) caused to be
assumed or taken subject to, as the case may be, any liability that is not
an
Assumed Liability, and in each case will have paid all Taxes, if any, imposed
by
reason of (x) or (y). The C-Corporations do not, and since January 1, 2003,
have
not had any employees. The C-Corporations do not, and since January 1, 2003,
have not maintained any employee benefit plans and do not have any liability
in
respect of any Affiliate's employee benefit plans.
(g) Taxes.
(i) Except
as
set forth on Schedule 3.22(g), the C-Corporations have timely filed, or been
included in, all Tax Returns required to be filed through the date hereof and
will timely file any such Tax Returns required to be filed on or prior to the
Closing Date, in each case, subject to any applicable extensions. All such
Tax
Returns are complete and accurate in all material respects. All Tax Returns
required to be filed in respect of the C-Corporations prior to January 1, 2003
relate to periods for which the time for assessment has expired. All tax
elections made by or on behalf of the C-Corporations have been timely and
properly made;
(ii) All
Taxes
of the C-Corporations that are payable in respect of taxable periods that end
on
or before the Closing Date have or will have been timely paid. Taxes that are
not yet payable have been fully reserved for on the books and records of the
C-Corporations;
(iii)
None of the C-Corporations has a Tax deficiency or claim assessed or, to the
best of the knowledge of the C-Corporations or the Vice President of Tax of
CCI,
proposed or threatened (whether orally or in writing) against any
C-Corporation;
(iv) None
of
the C-Corporations (A) has filed a consent under Section 341(f) of the
Code concerning collapsible corporations or (B) has been a United States
real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of
the
Code during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of
the Code;
(v) As
of the
Closing, no C-Corporation shall be a party to, bound by or have any obligation
under any Tax allocation or sharing agreement or have any liability thereunder
for amounts due in respect of periods prior to the Closing Date;
(vi) None
of
the C-Corporations (A) has been a member of any affiliated group filing a
consolidated federal income Tax Return and (B) has any liability for the
Taxes of any other person as defined in Section 7701(a)(1) of the Code or
under Treas. Reg. § 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local, or
foreign law), as a transferee or successor, by contract, or
otherwise;
(vii) None
of
the C-Corporations has agreed to or is required to make any adjustment pursuant
to Section 481(a) of the Code by reason of a change in accounting method
initiated by such C-Corporations and to the knowledge of the C-Corporations
or
the Vice President of Tax of CCI, the Internal Revenue Service has not proposed
any such adjustment or change in accounting method;
(viii) No
extension of time has been requested or granted for any C-Corporation to file
any Tax Return that has not yet been filed or to pay any Tax that has not yet
been paid and no C-Corporation has granted a power of attorney that remains
outstanding with regard to any Tax matter;
(ix) Except
for Permitted Encumbrances, there are no Tax liens on or pending against any
of
the C-Corporations or any of the C-Corporations’ assets;
(x) There
are
no presently outstanding waivers or extensions or requests for waiver or
extension of time within which a Tax deficiency may be asserted or assessed
against a C-Corporation;
(xi) No
issue
has been raised in any examination, investigation, audit, suit, action, claim
or
proceeding relating to Taxes of any C-Corporation, by which application of
similar principles to any past, present or future period, would result in a
Tax
deficiency for such period;
(xii) No
claim
has been made by any Tax authority that any C-Corporation is subject to Tax
in a
jurisdiction in which a C-Corporation is not then paying Tax of the type
asserted; and
(xiii) None
of the C-Corporations has participated in a “reportable transaction” or “listed
transaction” as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b) or any
analogous or similar state or local law.
Section
3.23
Contracts
Containing Non-Competition Agreements.
The
Transferred Assets do not include any Contract that contains a non-competition
or other similar provision
that
would be binding on (a)
the
Buyer and its Affiliates or (b) the Equity Sponsors and their affiliates
after
the
Closing; provided,
however,
that
the representation contained in this Section 3.23 shall be modified by any
disclosure made by the Seller pursuant to Section 5.26 hereof.
Section 3.24
No
Other Representations or Warranties.
Except
for the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or the
Ancillary Agreements, neither the Seller, the Subsidiaries nor any other Person
makes any other express or implied representation or warranty on behalf of
the
Seller or the Subsidiaries.
ARTICLE
IV
REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER
The
Buyer
hereby represents and warrants to the Seller that the statements contained
in
this Article IV are true, correct and complete as of the date of this Agreement
and will be true, correct and complete as of the Closing Date, except in each
case to the extent that such statements are expressly made only as of a
specified date, in which case the Buyer represents and warrants that such
statements are true, correct and complete as of such specified
date.
Section
4.1 Organization
and
Qualification.
The
Buyer is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of Delaware and has all necessary limited liability
company power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to
carry on its business as it is now being conducted. The Buyer is duly qualified
or licensed as a foreign entity to do business, and is in good standing, in
each
jurisdiction where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated
by
it or the nature of its business makes such qualification or licensing
necessary, except, in each case, for any such failures that would not,
individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Buyer
Material Adverse Effect.
Section
4.2 Authority.
The
Buyer has full limited liability company power and authority to execute and
deliver this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it will
be
a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery
by
the Buyer of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it
will be a party and the consummation by the Buyer of the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all
necessary limited liability company action. This Agreement has been, and upon
their execution each of the Ancillary Agreements to which the Buyer will be
a
party will have been, duly and validly executed and delivered by the Buyer.
This
Agreement constitutes, and upon their execution each of the Ancillary Agreements
to which the Buyer will be a party will constitute, the legal, valid and binding
obligations of the Buyer, enforceable against the Buyer in accordance with
their
respective terms, except as enforcement may be limited
by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar
laws
affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity
(regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at
law).
Section 4.3 No
Conflict; Required Filings and Consents.
(a) Except
for the execution, delivery and performance by the Buyer of this Agreement,
and
by the Buyer of each of the Ancillary Agreements to which the Buyer will be
a
party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby,
do not and will not:
(i) conflict
with or violate the organizational documents (such as the certificates of
formation or limited liability company agreements) of the Buyer;
(ii) conflict
with or violate any Law applicable to the Buyer or by which any property or
asset of the Buyer is bound or affected; or
(iii) conflict
with, result in any breach of, constitute a default (or an event that, with
notice or lapse of time or both, would become a default) under, require any
consent of any Person pursuant to, or give to others any rights of termination,
acceleration or cancellation of, any material contract or agreement to which
the
Buyer is a party;
except,
in the case of clause (ii), for any such conflicts or violations that would
not,
individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Buyer
Material Adverse Effect or that arise as a result of any facts or circumstances
relating to the Seller or any of its Affiliates.
(b) Assuming
the receipt of all Required Consents with respect to the transfer to the Buyer
of the Permits, the Buyer is not required to file, seek or obtain any notice,
authorization, approval, order, permit or consent of or with any Governmental
Authority in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the
Buyer of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it will
be
party or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby
or
in order to prevent the termination of any right, privilege, license or
qualification of the Buyer, except (i) for any filings required to be made
under
the HSR Act or (ii) where failure to obtain such consent, approval,
authorization or action, or to make such filing or notification, would not,
individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Buyer
Material Adverse Effect.
Section 4.4 Financing.
The
Buyer has received commitments from sources of equity financing (the
“Equity
Commitment”)
and
debt financing (the “Debt
Commitment”,
together with the Equity Commitment, the “Financing
Commitments”)
in
amounts sufficient to enable the Buyer to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby and, subject to the closing of the transactions contemplated
by the Financing Commitments on the Closing Date, the Buyer will have available
sufficient unrestricted funds to enable it to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby. On the date hereof, the Buyer has delivered true and
accurate copies of all Financing Commitments to the Seller.
Section 4.5 Certain
Information. The Buyer has provided to the Seller all information reasonably
necessary for the completion of the FCC Forms 394 required to be filed in order
to obtain the LFA Approvals (including information required by the terms of
the
Franchises).
Section
4.6 Brokers.
No
broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or
other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby
based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Buyer.
Section 4.7 Litigation
and Claims.
There
are no civil, criminal or administrative actions, suits, demands, claims,
hearings, proceedings or investigations pending or, to the knowledge of the
Buyer, threatened against the Buyer or any of its Affiliates that, individually
or in the aggregate, would impair or delay the ability of the Buyer to effect
the Closing. Neither the Buyer nor any of its Affiliates is subject to any
order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority
of competent jurisdiction or any arbitrator or arbitrators that, individually
or
in the aggregate, would impair or delay the ability of the Buyer to effect
the
Closing.
Section 4.8 No
On-Sale Agreements.
As of
the date of this Agreement, the Buyer and its Affiliates have not entered into
any discussions, negotiations, agreements or understandings with any Person
(other than the Seller) with respect to a purchase and sale transaction, whether
by merger, stock sale, asset sale or otherwise, involving any of the Transferred
Assets.
Section
4.9 Investment
Intent.
The
Buyer is acquiring the Shares for its own account for investment purposes only
and not with a view to any public distribution thereof or with any intention
of
selling, distributing or otherwise disposing of the Shares in a manner that
would violate the registration requirements of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”).
The
Buyer agrees that the Shares may not be sold, transferred, offered for sale,
pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of without registration under the
Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, except pursuant to
an
exemption from such registration under the Securities Act and such
laws.
Section
4.10 Overbuilds.
Except
as set forth on Schedule 4.10 of the Disclosure Schedules, to the Buyer's
Knowledge, as of the date of this Agreement, since December 31, 2003, no Person,
other than the Seller, the Buyer, or their respective Affiliates, has publicly
announced an intention to provide cable television service within the regions
in
which the Systems operate.
Section
4.11 No
Other Representations or Warranties.
Except
for the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or the
Ancillary Agreements, neither the Buyer nor any other Person makes any other
express or implied representation or warranty on behalf of the
Buyer.
ARTICLE
V
COVENANTS
Section
5.1 Conduct
of Business Prior to the Closing.
Between
the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, unless the Buyer shall
otherwise agree in writing, the Seller covenants that the Business shall be
conducted only in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practices, and the Seller shall cause the Subsidiaries to use their commercially
reasonable efforts to preserve the Business, goodwill and relationships with
its
customers,
suppliers,
employees, Governmental Authorities and others. Except as provided in Schedule
5.1 of the Disclosure Schedules or otherwise specifically set forth in this
Agreement, between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, without
the
prior consent of the Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld),
neither the Seller nor the Subsidiaries shall, in connection with the
Business:
(a) except
to
the extent prohibited by the Indentures, sell,
transfer, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Transferred Assets or any
interest therein, other than immaterial dispositions (and where appropriate,
corresponding replacements) in the ordinary course of business consistent with
past practice;
(b) (i)
enter
into any contract, agreement or arrangement that would be a Material Contract
if
entered into prior to the date of this Agreement or modify or amend in any
material respect any such existing contract, agreement or arrangement, (ii)
enter into any lease for any new parcel of Real Property that is not terminable
without penalty on 60 days notice, (iii) modify or amend any lease for (A)
any
headend, (B) any other property that would be Material Real Property and that
serves more than 1,000 individually-billed subscribers, or (C) any other lease
other than, for purposes of this clause (C) any immaterial modification or
amendment made in the ordinary course of business or (iv) enter into any
Franchise or FCC License or modify or amend in any material respect any such
existing Franchise or FCC License;
(c) grant
or
announce any increase in the base salaries payable to any Business Employees,
other than as required by Law, pursuant to any Employee Plans or other ordinary
increases not inconsistent with the past practices of the Seller and its
Affiliates, but in no event shall the aggregate of such increases exceed 5%
of
the aggregate base salaries payable to all the Business Employees as of the
date
of this Agreement;
(d) make
any
material change in any method of accounting or accounting practice or policy,
except in accordance with CCI’s then current practice or as required by GAAP (in
which case the Seller will promptly notify the Buyer of such material
change);
(e) make
or
rescind any election relating to Taxes, file any amended Tax Return, settle
any
Tax claim or assessment or consent to any waiver or extension of the limitation
period applicable to any Tax claim or assessment, except for any elections,
amendments,
settlements or consents of
CCI
and its subsidiaries that do not affect the Business or the C-Corporations
disproportionately as compared with CCI, taken as a whole (provided that no
such
election, amendment, settlement or consent shall have any adverse effect on
the
Business or the C-Corporations after the Closing);
(f) fail
to
implement procedures for disconnection and discontinuance of service to
subscribers whose accounts are delinquent, in accordance with CCI’s practice in
effect during the twelve months preceding the date of this
Agreement;
(g)
fail
to maintain in full force and effect existing policies of insurance with respect
to the Business or replacement insurance;
(h) fail
to deliver to the Buyer correct and complete copies of monthly System Reports
promptly after such statements become available to the
Seller;
(i) change
the rates charged for Basic Services, Expanded Basic Services, High Speed
Internet Services or Pay TV or add, delete, retier or repackage any analog
or
digital programming services other than annual rate increases and changes to
channel positions made in the ordinary course of business and, except to the
extent required under any Law (in which case the Seller will promptly notify
the
Buyer of any such change);
(j) fail
to
maintain at least 30 days of inventory of customer premise and customer
installation equipment or fail to maintain inventory of any other Equipment
in
the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
(k) incur
any
liability that would constitute a material Assumed Liability if incurred prior
to the date of this Agreement;
(l) dispose
of, license or permit to lapse any rights in, to or for the use of any material
Intellectual Property included in the Transferred Assets;
(m) fail
to
make any capital expenditures or repairs in the ordinary course of business
consistent with the current budget and past practice of the Seller with respect
to the Business;
(n) settle
any claims, actions, arbitrations, disputes or other proceedings that would
result in the Seller or any Subsidiary being enjoined in any material respect
from engaging in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or materially
adversely affecting the System;
(o) engage
in
any marketing or promotional activities;
(p) waive,
release or assign any material right relating to the Systems or the Transferred
Assets;
(q) fail
to
keep any (i) Material Contract or Permit (subject to the expiration of such
Material Contract or Permit in accordance with its terms), (ii) lease for (A)
any headend or (B) any other Material Real Property that serves more than 1,000
individually-billed subscribers or (iii) retransmission consent included in
the
Transferred Assets in full force and effect without material default
thereunder;
(r) issue
or
sell, or cause the C-Corporation Parent Company to issue or sell, any shares
of
capital stock of the C-Corporations, or any of their subsidiaries, or any
options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights of any kind to acquire
any such shares; or
(s) fail
to
consider in good faith any requests by the Buyer to dispose of any Real Property
included in the Transferred Assets.
This
Section 5.1 notwithstanding, prior to the Closing, the Seller shall transfer,
sell or otherwise dispose of (1) any assets held by the C-Corporations that
are
not Transferred Assets and (2) any liabilities of the C-Corporations that are
not Assumed Liabilities.
Section 5.2 Covenants
Regarding Information.
(a) From
the
date of this Agreement until the Closing Time, upon reasonable notice, the
Seller shall afford the Buyer and its managers, members, general partners,
officers, employees, agents, accountants, attorneys, advisors, bankers and
other
representatives (collectively, “Representatives”)
reasonable access to the Seller's supervisory employees at the Key Market Area
(KMA) level, properties, offices, plants and other facilities, books and records
of the Seller and the Subsidiaries to the extent related to the Business, and
shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to furnish the Buyer with such
financial, operating and other data and information to the extent related to
the
Business as the Buyer may reasonably request, including: (i)
the
number of poles currently being billed and rate per pole under each Pole
Attachment Agreement and (ii) a list of each Contract that falls within any
of
the following categories: (A) agreements that provide for annual payments to
or
by Seller or any Subsidiary in excess of $5,000, (B) any partnership, joint
venture or other similar agreement or arrangement of Seller or any Subsidiary,
(C) any agreement relating to the acquisition or disposition of any business
(whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise) that has any
remaining indemnity obligations, (D) any railroad crossing agreements, (E)
any
tower lease agreements, (F) any multi-dwelling unit and commercial establishment
agreements, (G) any software license not listed on Schedule 3.18 of the
Disclosure Schedules and (H) a brief summary of the material terms of any oral
Contract that falls into any of the foregoing categories;
provided,
however,
that
any such access or furnishing of information shall be conducted during normal
business hours, under the supervision of the Seller’s or its Affiliates’
personnel and in such a manner as does not unreasonably interfere with the
normal operations of the Seller, the Subsidiaries or the Business, and the
Buyer
shall reimburse the Seller promptly for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses it
incurs in complying with any such request for access or information by or on
behalf of the Buyer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement,
the Seller shall not be required to disclose any information to the Buyer or
its
Representatives if such disclosure would, as determined in the Seller’s sole
discretion, (1) jeopardize any attorney-client or other legal privilege, (2)
contravene any applicable Laws, fiduciary duty or binding agreement entered
into
prior to the date hereof, (3) relate to any consolidated, combined or
unitary Tax Return filed by the Seller, the Subsidiaries or any Affiliate
thereof or any of their respective predecessor entities or (4) relate to
any Excluded Asset or Excluded Liability, provided that in the event the Seller
shall decline to provide the Buyer with any such information, the Seller shall
provide the Buyer with written notice thereof and shall include the reason
therefor. If requested by the Buyer and to the extent reasonable under the
circumstances, the Seller agrees to seek waivers of any condition or
circumstances upon which the Seller relies in denying access to any such
information. The Buyer shall reimburse the Seller promptly for reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses it incurs in complying with any such request for
information by or on behalf of the Buyer. Any
access shall be at the risk of the Buyer and its Representatives, and in
connection therewith, the Buyer hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
the
Seller Indemnified Parties with respect to any Losses resulting from or arising
out of such access. All requests made pursuant to this Section 5.2(a) shall
be
directed to one of the Persons identified on Schedule 5.2(a) of the Disclosure
Schedules or such other Person or Persons as may be designated by the Seller
to
the Buyer from time to time. All information received pursuant to this Section
5.2(a) shall be subject to the terms and conditions of
Section 5.6.
(b) For
a
period of seven years after the Closing Date or, if shorter, the applicable
period specified in the Buyer’s document retention policy, or if such policy
does not exist, in accordance with the Buyer’s practices, the Buyer shall (i)
retain the books and records included in the Transferred Assets relating to
the
Business relating to periods prior to and including the Closing Date and (ii)
upon reasonable notice afford the Representatives of the Seller reasonable
access (including the right to make, at the Seller’s expense, photocopies),
during normal business hours, to such books and records to the extent related
to
the Business; provided,
however,
that
the Buyer shall notify the Seller in writing at least 30 days in advance of
destroying any such books and records prior to the seventh anniversary of the
Closing Date in order to provide the Seller the opportunity to copy such books
and records in accordance with this Section 5.2(b).
(c) For
a
period of seven years after the Closing Date or, if shorter, the applicable
period specified in the Seller’s document retention policy, or if such policy
does not exist, in accordance with the Seller’s practices, the Seller shall (i)
retain the books and records relating to the Business relating to periods prior
to and including the Closing Date which shall not otherwise have been delivered
to the Buyer and (ii) upon reasonable notice, afford the Representatives of
the
Buyer reasonable access (including the right to make, at the Buyer’s expense,
photocopies), during normal business hours, to such books and records to the
extent related to the Business; provided,
however,
that
the Seller shall notify the Buyer in writing at least 30 days in advance of
destroying any such books and records prior to the seventh anniversary of the
Closing Date in order to provide the Buyer the opportunity to copy such books
and records in accordance with this Section 5.2(c).
(d) The
Seller acknowledges and agrees that, within 45 days of the date of this
Agreement, the Buyer may commission, at the Buyer’s sole cost and expense, a
Phase I environmental site assessment (as such term is described in the American
Society of Testing and Materials Standard 1527) of the Real Property (a
“Phase
I Assessment”).
The
Seller will use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with any
reasonable request for information made by the Buyer or its Representatives
in
connection with any such investigation, but in no event will the Seller be
required under this Section 5.2(d) to disclose any materials constituting
attorney-client privileged communications. Upon reasonable request by the Buyer,
the Seller will afford the Buyer and its Representatives access to such Real
Property at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner in connection with
any
such investigation; provided,
however,
that
the Buyer shall not unreasonably interfere with the Subsidiaries’ use and
operation of the Real Property. Should the Buyer commission such an
investigation, such investigation will have no effect upon the representations
and warranties made by the Seller to the Buyer under this Agreement, except
that
if any Phase I Assessment documents an environmental condition that would
reasonably be construed to be a breach of the Seller’s representations or
warranties herein and such breach is capable of being cured, the Buyer shall
promptly so notify the Seller and the Seller will be deemed not to have breached
such representation or warranty if the Seller cures such breach. The Buyer
shall
reimburse the Seller promptly for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses it incurs
in
complying with this Section 5.2(d), other than any expense the Seller incurs
pursuant to the preceding sentence. Any access to the Real Property shall be
at
the risk of the Buyer and its Representatives, and in connection therewith,
the
Buyer hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Seller Indemnified
Parties with respect to any Losses resulting from or arising out of the
activities of the Buyer or its representatives undertaken pursuant to this
Section 5.2(d). If the environmental firm reasonably determines as a result
of
any Phase I Assessment that further
investigation
or testing is necessary, the Buyer may cause to be performed such additional
environmental investigations or testing, as appropriate, at the Real Property
except to the extent expressly prohibited by the applicable lease, as soon
as
reasonably practicable by the environmental firm. The Buyer must obtain the
Seller’s prior written consent to conduct any other environmental investigation,
sampling, testing or assessment of any kind at any Real Property, which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.
(e) All
information collected and generated as a result of the environmental due
diligence authorized by Section 5.2(d) will be subject to the terms and
conditions of Section 5.6 of this Agreement. The Buyer will provide to the
Seller copies of all (i) work plans, proposed investigation methodologies and
other similar information prepared by the Buyer or the Buyer’s environmental
consultants no later than 10 days prior to the proposed initiation of any
environmental site assessments (other than the Phase I Assessments) and (ii)
and
draft and final reports, assessments and other information composed or compiled
by the Buyer or the Buyer’s environmental consultants within 10 days after the
Buyer’s receipt of copies thereof, but in no event later than 30 days prior to
the Closing Date.
(f) Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Seller and the
Subsidiaries shall have the right to retain one copy of all contracts,
agreements, books, records, literature, lists (other than customer lists, all
of
which shall be delivered to the Buyer), and any other written or recorded
information constituting Transferred Assets or which otherwise relates to the
Business or the Assumed Liabilities (including, without limitation, the Books
and Records), in each case to the extent required for (i) the administration
by
the Seller and the Subsidiaries or their Affiliates of any suit, claim, action,
proceeding or investigation relating to the Business, (ii) the
administration by the Seller and the Subsidiaries or their Affiliates of any
regulatory filing or matter or (iii) any other valid reasonable legal or
business purpose of the Seller and the Subsidiaries or their
Affiliates.
(g) For
a
period of 30 days following the Closing Date, the Buyer shall grant to the
Seller, the Subsidiaries and each of their respective Representatives access
to
the hard drives and other electronic information storage devices included in
the
Transferred Assets for the purpose of obtaining copies thereof. The Buyer shall
not erase or otherwise eliminate any information contained on such hard drives
and other electronic information storage devices until the expiration of such
30-day period. The parties shall reasonably cooperate in determining the manner
and the times of access by the Seller, the Subsidiaries and each of their
respective Representatives so as not to interfere with the normal operation
of
the Buyer’s business.
(h) From
and
after the date hereof, the Seller shall deliver to the Buyer, promptly upon
receipt or filing, copies of all pleadings, orders and decisions entered in
connection with the litigation described as West Virginia Item 2 in Schedule
3.8
of the Disclosure Schedules.
Section 5.3 Update
of Disclosure Schedules; Knowledge of Breach.
The
Seller shall, promptly after becoming aware of such matter, event or condition,
supplement or amend the Disclosure Schedules with respect to any matter, event
or condition hereafter arising or discovered which if existing or known at
the
date of this Agreement would have been required to be set forth or described
in
such Disclosure Schedules. Any such supplemental or amended disclosure with
respect to those matters, events or conditions arising or discovered after
the
date
of
this Agreement shall not be deemed to have cured any inaccuracy of any
representation or warranty made in this Agreement for purposes of the
indemnifications provided for in Article VII hereof and shall not be deemed
to
have cured any such inaccuracy of representation or warranty for purposes
of
determining whether the conditions set forth in Article VI have been satisfied.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the effect of any such supplements or
amendments to the Disclosure Schedules is to disclose any one or more additional
properties, privileges, rights, interests or claims, in each case acquired
after
the date of this Agreement (“New
Properties”) as Transferred Assets that would have
been (if owned on the date of this Agreement) required by this Agreement
to have
been disclosed by the Seller in its original Disclosure Schedules, then the
Buyer, at or before Closing, will have the right (to be exercised by written
notice delivered to the Seller at least two days prior to the Closing Date,
provided that if any supplement or amendment to the Disclosure Schedules
occurs less than six days prior to the Closing Date, the Buyer may provide
such
notice immediately prior to the Closing) to cause any one or more of such
New
Properties to be designated as and deemed to constitute Excluded Assets for
all
purposes under this Agreement and any liabilities associated therewith shall
be
deemed Excluded Liabilities. The failure of the Buyer to designate any New
Property as an Excluded Asset prior to the Closing will be deemed an acceptance
of such New Property as a Transferred Asset for all purposes under this
Agreement as if such New Property were included on the original Disclosure
Schedules, and the Buyer will be deemed to have waived, for itself and all
Buyer
Indemnified Parties, all claims under Article VII arising from the Seller’s
failure to disclose such New Property in the original Disclosure
Schedules.
Section 5.4 Notification
of Certain Matters.
Until
the Closing, (i) each party hereto shall promptly notify the other party in
writing of any fact, change, condition, circumstance or occurrence or
nonoccurrence of any event related to it of which it is aware that will or
is
reasonably likely to result in any of the conditions set forth in Article VI
of
this Agreement becoming incapable of being satisfied, (ii) the Seller will
promptly notify the Buyer of any material adverse change relating to the Seller,
the Subsidiaries, the Business, the Systems, the Assumed Liabilities or the
Transferred Assets and (iii) the Seller will promptly notify the Buyer of any
event or change in circumstances that, had it occurred prior to the date of
this
Agreement, would have resulted in a breach of the representations and warranties
set forth in Section 3.10 related to labor and employment matters and Section
3.21 related to overbuilds.
Section 5.5 Employee
Benefits.
(a) Continuity
of Employment for Business Employees.
Upon
the execution of this Agreement, the Seller shall provide
to the Buyer a list of all Business Employees
by work
location as of a recent date, showing the original hire date, the then-current
positions
and
rates of compensation,
rate
type (hourly or salary) and scheduled hours per week, and
whether the employee is subject to an employment
agreement. The
list
shall also indicate which of such employees,
if any,
the Seller intends to retain as its employees (the “Retained
Employees”).
The
Seller and the Buyer shall work in good faith to prepare a communication
plan to
be used in matters related to the Business Employees that shall include the
Buyer's right to conduct meetings with the Business Employees (and their
supervisors) during the 45 days prior to the Closing.
Effective as of the Closing, the Buyer shall make offers of employment to
all
Business Employees other than Retained Employees and up to 10 additional
Business Employees, contingent upon (i) the Closing, (ii) such Business
Employees being active employees of the
Seller
immediately prior to Closing and (iii) the reasonable satisfaction of the Buyer
as to any background checks or drug testing it conducts with respect to any
Business Employees (each such Business Employee who accepts the Buyer’s offer of
employment and who becomes an employee of the Buyer effective as of the Closing
is referred to in this Agreement as a “Transferred
Employee”).
If the
Buyer makes any offers to any employees that are not (A) substantially similar
in responsibility, (B) at least the same base compensation as of the Closing
and
(C) in the
same
general geographic location as such employee’s primary place of employment as of
the Closing,
then,
to the extent such employees do not accept such offers, such employees shall
count against the 10 Business Employees to whom the Buyer is not required to
make offers (as provided in the previous sentence). The parties agree that
the
Buyer shall indemnify the Seller for any severance costs (the amount of which
shall be calculated in accordance with Schedule 5.5(d) of the Disclosure
Schedules) in excess of 10 Business Employees incurred by the Seller pursuant
to
the previous sentence (for the avoidance of doubt, if the Buyer is required
to
indemnify the Seller pursuant to this sentence, the Seller shall be responsible
for the severance costs of the 10 lowest paid Business Employees as determined
immediately prior to the Closing). The Buyer and the Seller shall cooperate
reasonably from and after the date hereof to communicate with Business Employees
regarding any offers of employment to be made to them by the Buyer hereunder
and
otherwise to give effect to this Section 5.5. The Seller and its Affiliates
shall retain liability for all obligations and liabilities to the Retained
Employees and other Business Employees who do not become Transferred
Employees.
(b) Service
Credit.
The
Transferred Employees shall receive credit for all periods of employment and/or
service with the Seller or its Affiliates (including service with predecessor
employers, where such credit was provided by the Seller or its Affiliates)
prior
to the Closing Time for purposes of eligibility and vesting (but not for benefit
accrual, except for accrual of vacation and severance benefits under the Buyer’s
relevant plans and policies, and as set forth in this Agreement), including
for
purposes of satisfying any service requirements for early retirement under
any
pension plan adopted by the Buyer or its Affiliates with respect to Transferred
Employees, to the same extent such employment service was credited for similar
purposes under the Employee Plans for at least the six-month period immediately
prior to the Closing Time.
(c) Employee
Benefits — General.
The
Buyer shall provide the Transferred Employees with employee benefits that are
the same as those generally provided to the similarly-situated employees of
the
Buyer and its Affiliates. The Seller shall bear the expense of and
responsibility for all liabilities arising from claims by the Transferred
Employees for benefits attributable to periods prior to the Closing Time under
the Employee Plans, and the Buyer shall bear the expense of and responsibility
for all liabilities arising from claims by the Transferred Employees for
benefits attributable to periods on or after the Closing Time under the benefit
plans maintained by the Buyer, including any claims under such plans relating
to
severance from employment on or after the Closing Time (including any such
severance that relates to or results from any failure of the Buyer to comply
with the provisions of this Section 5.5). Except as may be
specifically required by this Agreement or by applicable Law, the Buyer shall
not be obligated to continue to provide any particular employee benefits to
any
Transferred Employee.
(d) Severance
Obligations.
If the
Buyer discharges any Transferred Employee without cause within 180 days after
the Closing, then the Buyer shall pay severance benefits to such Transferred
Employee that are at least equal to the severance benefits set forth on Schedule
5.5(d) of the Disclosure Schedules, giving effect to such employee’s past
service with any Seller or its Affiliate. For purposes of this Section 5.5,
for
a discharged Transferred Employee, “cause” shall have the meaning set forth in
the Buyer’s employment policies, procedures or agreements applicable to the
Buyer’s similarly-situated employees.
(e) Welfare
Benefit Plans.
(i) Effective
as of the Closing Date, the Buyer shall offer the Transferred Employees and
their eligible dependents participation in the medical plans of the Buyer.
With
respect to any other welfare benefit plans, including dental, life insurance,
and short- and long-term disability (all of such welfare plans, including the
Buyer’s medical plan described in the previous sentence, the “Buyer
Welfare Benefit Plans”),
the
Buyer shall offer participation in such other welfare benefit plans to the
Transferred Employees as soon as practicable after the Closing Date, but in
no
event more than 30 days after the Closing Date. All waiting periods and
pre-existing condition clauses shall be waived under the Buyer Welfare Benefit
Plans for the Transferred Employees and their eligible dependents who were
participating in similar welfare benefits plans and programs of the Seller
and
its Affiliates on the Closing Date. To the extent applicable, the Buyer shall
cause the Buyer Welfare Benefit Plans to recognize any out-of-pocket medical
and
dental expenses incurred by each of the Transferred Employees and their eligible
dependents on or prior to the Closing Date and during the calendar year in
which
the Closing Date occurs for purposes of determining deductibles and
out-of-pocket maximums under the Buyer Welfare Benefit Plans (the Seller shall
provide such information to the Buyer at or prior to the Closing).
(ii) Effective
as of the Closing Date, the Buyer shall assume all responsibilities and
obligations for continuation coverage under Sections 601 et seq.
of ERISA
(the “COBRA
Obligations”)
and any
state continuation coverage requirements with respect to the Transferred
Employees and their beneficiaries. The Seller agrees that it shall retain
responsibility for COBRA Obligations to all qualified beneficiaries of covered
employees for whom a “qualifying event” under COBRA occurs prior to the Closing
and for any employee, including but not limited to any Business Employee, who
is
not a Transferred Employee.
(f) Vacation
Benefits.
After
the Closing Date, to the extent permitted by law, the Buyer shall recognize,
and
permit the Transferred Employees to use, all of the Transferred Employees’
accrued and unused vacation (the Seller shall provide such information to the
Buyer promptly following the Closing). The Buyer shall recognize service by
each
Transferred Employee with the Seller and its Affiliates (including service
with
predecessor employers, where such
credit was provided by the Seller and its Affiliates) for purposes of
determining entitlement to vacation under the applicable vacation policy of
the
Buyer.
(g) WARN
Act.
The
Buyer agrees to provide any required notice under the Worker Adjustment
Retraining and Notification Act of 1988, as amended (the “WARN
Act”)
and any
similar
state or non-U.S. statute, and otherwise to comply with any such statute with
respect to any “plant closing” or “mass layoff” (as defined in the WARN Act) or
group termination or similar event for which the Buyer is responsible affecting
Business Employees and occurring after the Closing. The Seller agrees to provide
or cause to be provided any required notice and to discharge any liability
under
the WARN Act, and any similar state or non-U.S. statute, and otherwise to comply
with any such statute with respect to any “plant closing” or “mass layoff” (as
defined in the WARN Act) or group termination or similar event affecting
Business Employees, (including the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
)
and occurring on or prior to the Closing.
(h) No
Third-Party Beneficiaries.
Nothing
herein express or implied by this Agreement shall confer upon any Business
Employee, or legal representative thereof, any rights or remedies, including
any
right to employment or benefits for any specified period, of any nature or
kind
whatsoever, under or by reason of this Agreement.
Section 5.6 Confidentiality.
Each of
the parties shall hold, and shall cause its Representatives to hold, in
confidence all documents and information furnished to it by or on behalf of
the
other party in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby pursuant
to
the terms of the confidentiality agreement dated March 7, 2005 between the
Buyer
and the Seller (the “Confidentiality
Agreement”),
which
shall continue in full force and effect until the Closing Date, at which time
such Confidentiality Agreement and the obligations of the parties under this
Section 5.6 shall terminate only in respect of that portion of the documents
and
materials referenced therein relating to the Transferred Assets. The
Confidentiality Agreement shall otherwise continue in full force and effect
with
respect to all other Confidential Information (as defined in the Confidentiality
Agreement), including the terms of this Agreement. If for any reason this
Agreement is terminated prior to the Closing Date, the Confidentiality Agreement
shall nonetheless continue in full force and effect in accordance with its
terms.
Section 5.7 Consents
and Filings; Further Assurances.
(a) Each
of
the parties shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause
to
be taken, all appropriate action to do, or cause to be done, all things
necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Law or otherwise to consummate
and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the
Ancillary Agreements as promptly as practicable, including to (i) obtain the
Required Consents and (ii) promptly make all necessary filings, and thereafter
make any other required submissions, with respect to this Agreement required
under applicable Law. All fees to be paid and costs incurred in connection
with
obtaining the Required Consents and making such filings shall be borne equally
by the Seller and the Buyer.
(b) Section
5.7(a) notwithstanding, the Seller and the Buyer shall prepare and file, or
cause to be prepared and filed, within 15 Business Days after the date of this
Agreement, all applications (including FCC Forms 394 or other appropriate forms
required to be filed (i) with the FCC and (ii) with any other
Governmental Authority that are necessary for the assignment to the Buyer of
the
Franchises in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby. The Buyer has provided to the Seller all information deemed reasonably
necessary by the Seller for the completion of the FCC Forms 394 required to
be
filed in order to obtain the LFA Approvals (including information reasonably
required by the terms of the
Franchises
and requested by the Seller), and agrees to cooperate reasonably, diligently,
and in good faith with the Seller in the preparation of such FCC Forms 394
to
permit the filing of such FCC Forms 394 so that they are received no later
than
March 3, 2006. Following the execution hereof, until the Closing, the Seller
shall timely send or cause to be sent all required renewal letters with respect
to the Franchises pursuant to Section 626(a) of the Cable Act to the proper
Governmental Authority. The Seller shall not, and shall cause the Subsidiaries
to not, agree or accede to any material modifications or amendments to, or
in
connection with, or the imposition of any material condition to the renewal
of,
any of the Franchises that will impose a material obligation on the Buyer
following the Closing. The Seller shall, to the extent reasonably practicable,
notify the Buyer of all meetings, hearings and other discussions before or
with
Governmental Authorities in connection with the renewal or extension of any
Franchise or governmental authorization relating to a Franchise or the granting
of a Required Consent, such that the Buyer’s representatives can participate to
the extent reasonably practicable in such proceedings.
(c) (i) The
Seller shall deliver with each FCC Form 394 a proposed Franchise transfer
resolution substantially in the form of that attached hereto as Exhibit F (each,
a “Franchise
Transfer Resolution”)
and
which Franchise Transfer Resolution will include a request to extend, for a
term
of 36 months following the Closing, on substantially the same or on other
commercially reasonable terms that are reasonably acceptable to the Buyer,
any
Franchise that has expired or will expire after the date hereof and prior to
the
date which is 30 months after the Closing Date in accordance with its terms.
From the date of this Agreement until the Closing, the Seller shall seek to
obtain any such extension or renewal of any Franchise that has expired or will
expire after the date hereof and prior to the date which is 30 months after
the
Closing Date in accordance with its terms in the ordinary course of business,
provided,
that,
in any event, the Seller will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain
such
extension or renewal (A) with a term of 36 months following the Closing and
(B)
on substantially the same or on other commercially reasonable terms that are
reasonably acceptable to the Buyer, and for six months following the Closing,
the Seller shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Buyer
in
obtaining any such extension or renewal of any such Franchise. The Seller shall
request or cause to be requested all other Required Consents not related to
Franchises and Leased Real Property by letter substantially in the form of
that
attached hereto as Exhibit G (each, a “Seller’s
Required Consent Letter”).
From
the
date of this Agreement until the Closing Date, upon the Buyer’s request, the
Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an extension or
renewal of any lease for (I) any headend or (II) any other Material Real
Property that serves more than 1,000 individually-billed subscribers that has
expired or will expire prior to December 31, 2006, and such extension or renewal
shall be for a term of up to 36 months (as so requested by the Buyer) and shall
otherwise be on substantially the same or on other commercially reasonable
terms
that are reasonably acceptable to the Buyer.
(ii) The
Buyer
agrees that, if in connection with the process of obtaining any Required
Consent, a Governmental Authority or other Person purports to require any
condition or any change to a Permit or Contract to which such Required Consent
relates that would be applicable to either the Buyer, the Seller or the
Subsidiaries as a requirement for granting such Required Consent, which
condition or change involves a
monetary
payment or commitment to such Governmental Authority or other Person, either
the
Buyer or the Seller may elect, in their sole discretion, to satisfy the full
amount of such monetary payment or commitment (notwithstanding the obligation
to
equally share certain costs set forth in Section 5.7(a)), in which case, the
other party shall be deemed to accept such condition or change to the extent
so
satisfied, provided that if the Seller or any Subsidiary elects to satisfy
any
such payment or commitment, it shall do so at or before Closing.
(iii) Subject
to the terms of subsection (ii) above, neither the Seller nor the Subsidiaries
shall agree, without the Buyer’s prior written consent, which consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to any material change to the terms of
any
Permit or Contract as a condition to obtaining any Required Consent to the
transfer or assignment of such Permit or Contract to the Buyer. If in connection
with obtaining any Required Consent, a Governmental Authority or other third
party seeks to impose any condition or adverse change to any Permit or Contract
to which such Required Consent relates that would be applicable to the Buyer
as
a requirement for granting such Required Consent, the Seller will promptly
notify the Buyer of such fact and the Seller shall not agree to such condition
or adverse change unless the Buyer shall, in its reasonably exercised
discretion, consent to such condition or change in writing. The Seller is not
required to consent to any change to any Permit or Contract that would impose
any condition on the Seller following the Closing.
(d) The
Buyer
shall promptly, but in no event more than 10 days after receipt of such request,
furnish to any Governmental Authority or other Person from which a Required
Consent is requested such accurate and complete information regarding the Buyer,
including financial information relating to the cable and other media operations
of the Buyer, as a Governmental Authority or other Person may reasonably require
in connection with obtaining such Required Consent.
(e) Notwithstanding
the provisions of this Section 5.7, neither the Seller nor the Subsidiaries
shall have any further obligation to obtain Required Consents (i) with respect
to any Pole Attachment Agreement where the licensing party shall not, after
the
Seller’s exercise of commercially reasonable efforts, consent to an assignment
of such Pole Attachment Agreement but requires that the Buyer enter into a
new
Pole Attachment Agreement with such licensing party on terms that are not
materially more burdensome than the existing agreement, in which case the Buyer
shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to enter into such agreement
prior
to the Closing or as soon as practicable thereafter and the Seller shall
reasonably cooperate with and assist the Buyer, in obtaining such agreement;
(ii) for any business radio license that can reasonably be expected to be
obtained within 120 days after the Closing Date and so long as a temporary
authorization is available to the Buyer under FCC rules with respect thereto;
and (iii) with respect to Leased Real Property, if the Seller obtains and makes
operational prior to the Closing
substitute Leased Real Property that is reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer
as
to both use and terms.
(f) Except
with respect to the Franchises, which are the subject of Section 2.5(b), if
and to the extent that the Seller fails to obtain all Required Consents on
or
prior to the Closing (regardless of whether the Buyer shall have waived
satisfaction of any applicable condition to the
Closing),
then, for a period of six months following
the Closing Date, the Seller shall continue to use commercially reasonable
efforts, at the Buyer’s request, to obtain such Required Consents in accordance
with this Section 5.7.
(g) Section
5.7(a) notwithstanding, the Seller and the Buyer shall, promptly after the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, but in no event later than 30 days
after the date of this Agreement, complete and file, or cause to be completed
and filed, with the FTC and the Antitrust Division any notification and report
required to be filed under the HSR Act with respect to the transactions
contemplated under this Agreement. Each of the Buyer and the Seller shall
coordinate with the other with respect to its filings, shall cooperate to
prevent inconsistencies between their respective filings and shall furnish
to
each other such necessary information and reasonable assistance as the other
may
reasonably request in connection with its preparation of necessary filings
or
submissions under the HSR Act. The parties shall use commercially reasonable
efforts to respond as promptly as practicable to any requests received from
the
FTC or the Antitrust Division for additional information or documentation and
respond as promptly as practicable to inquiries and requests received from
other
Governmental Authorities with respect to antitrust matters. The Buyer on the
one
hand, and the Seller on the other hand, shall share equally the cost of the
filing fee required under the HSR Act.
(h) Each
of
the parties shall promptly notify the other party of any communication it or
any
of its Affiliates receives from any Governmental Authority relating to any
filing made pursuant to Section 5.7(g). Neither party shall agree to participate
in any meeting with any Governmental Authority in respect of any filings,
investigation or other inquiry under the HSR Act unless it consults with the
other party in advance and, to the extent permitted by such Governmental
Authority, gives the other party the opportunity to attend and participate
at
such meeting. Subject to the Confidentiality Agreement, the parties will
coordinate and cooperate fully with each other in exchanging such information
and providing such assistance as the other party may reasonably request in
connection with the foregoing. Subject to the Confidentiality Agreement, the
parties will provide each other with copies of all correspondence, filings
or
communications between them or any of their Representatives, on the one hand,
and any Governmental Authority or members of its staff, on the other hand,
with
respect to any filings made pursuant to Section 5.7(g).
(i) For
purposes of this Section 5.7, subject to subsection (g), above, “commercially
reasonable efforts” will not, among other things, be deemed to require a party
to undertake extraordinary measures, including the initiation or prosecution
of
legal proceedings or the payment of amounts in excess of normal and usual filing
fees and processing fees, if any.
(j) Prior
to
Closing, the Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the
Advertising Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of October 30, 2003 between
the
C-Corporation
Parent Company and Comcast Advertising Sales, Inc. to be amended to correct
the
designation of the parties.
Section
5.8 Release
of Guarantees.
The
Seller, the Subsidiaries and their Affiliates that are a party to each of
the
guarantees, performance bonds, bid bonds, letters of credit and other similar
agreements listed in Schedule 3.20 of the Disclosure Schedules and in effect
at
the Closing (the “Guarantees”)
shall
cause such Guarantees to be revoked or terminated
effective
on
the
earlier of the replacement thereof by the Buyer and 30 days after Closing.
The
Buyer shall be responsible for securing replacement guarantees. In the event
any
of the Guarantees are not released prior to or at the Closing, the Buyer shall
indemnify and hold the Seller, the Subsidiaries and their Affiliates harmless
for any and all payments required to be made under, and costs and expenses
incurred in connection with, such Guarantee by the Seller, the Subsidiaries
or
their Affiliates until such Guarantee is released.
Section
5.9 Corporate
Name.
The
Buyer acknowledges that, after the Closing Date, the Seller shall have the
absolute and exclusive proprietary right to all names, marks, trade names,
service marks and trademarks owned by the Seller or any Affiliate and used
by
the Business (collectively, the “Names”),
including all trade names incorporating “Charter” by itself or in combination
with any other Name, and that none of the rights thereto or goodwill represented
thereby or pertaining thereto are being transferred hereby or in connection
herewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for a period of 180 days following
the
Closing, the Buyer may continue to operate the Systems using the Names,
including (i) use of any Name affixed to vehicles, signage or other equipment
included in the Transferred Assets, (ii) use of any printed literature, sales
materials, purchase orders and sales, maintenance or license agreements that
bear a Name (as limited by any existing agreements the Seller may have with
third parties) until the supplies thereof existing on the Closing Date have
been
exhausted and (iii) use of any printed billing statements that bear a Name.
With
respect to the printed purchase orders and sales, maintenance or license
agreements referred to in the preceding sentence, after the Closing Date the
Buyer shall sticker or otherwise mark such documents as necessary in order
to
indicate clearly that neither the Seller nor any of its Affiliates are a party
to such documents. From and after the expiration of such 180-day period, the
Buyer shall cease to use any such literature and sales materials, delete or
cover (as by stickering) any such name, phrase or logo from any item included
in
inventory that bears such name, phrase or logo and take such other actions
as
may be necessary or advisable clearly and prominently to indicate that neither
the Buyer nor any of its Affiliates is affiliated with the Seller, the
Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing
in this Section 5.9 shall require the Buyer to remove or discontinue using
any
Name that is affixed as of the Closing Date to converters or other items in
or
to be used in consumer homes or properties, or as are used in a similar fashion
making such removal or discontinuation impracticable.
Section
5.10 Refunds
and Remittances.
After
the Closing: (i) if the Seller, the Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates
receive any refund or other amount that is a Transferred Asset or is otherwise
properly due and owing to the Buyer in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement, the Seller promptly shall remit, or shall cause to be remitted,
such
amount to the Buyer and (ii) if the Buyer or any of its Affiliates receive
any
refund or other amount that is an Excluded Asset or is otherwise properly due
and owing to the Seller or any of its Affiliates in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement, the Buyer promptly shall remit, or shall
cause
to be remitted, such amount to the Seller.
Section
5.11 Cooperation
on Pending Litigation.
(a) With
respect to any defense or prosecution of any litigation or legal proceeding
with
respect to the Systems that relates to the period prior to the Closing Time
and
for which the Seller and its Affiliates are responsible pursuant to this
Agreement, the Buyer shall cooperate
with
and
assist the Seller and its Affiliates, upon reasonable request at the Seller’s
expense, by making witnesses available and providing all information in its
possession (including access to employees with information regarding such
proceedings and access to books and records that may relate to the proceedings)
that the Seller and its Affiliates may reasonably require in connection with
such litigation or legal proceedings or in response to any complaint, claim,
inquiry, order or requirements of any Governmental Authority or other third
party.
(b) Without
limiting the obligations of the Seller under Section 2.4 and Section 7.2, the
Seller shall assume all Losses and other costs related to the litigation
described as Item 1 on Schedule 3.8 of the Disclosure Schedules, including
reasonable costs incurred by the Buyer to comply with any judgment or settlement
arising therefrom, but only to the extent that such costs are necessary to
comply with such judgment or settlement.
Section
5.12 Bulk
Transfer Laws.
The
Buyer hereby waives compliance by the Seller with the provisions of any
so-called “bulk transfer laws” of any jurisdiction in connection with the sale
of the Transferred Assets to the Buyer, provided that this Section 5.12 shall
not relieve the Seller or any Subsidiary from any liability to creditors or
for
Taxes that they otherwise may have.
Section
5.13 Public
Announcements.
The
Seller and the Buyer shall consult with each other before issuing, and provide
each other the opportunity to review and comment upon, any press release or
other public statement with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby,
and
shall not issue any such press release or make any such public statement prior
to such consultation, except as may be required by applicable Law.
Section
5.14 Cooperation
on Programming Matters.
(a) The
Buyer
acknowledges that the Systems currently receive some or all of the programming
services described on Schedule 5.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedules (the
“Programming
Services”),
and
that the Seller has discussed with the Buyer the benefits that it may derive
from the continued carriage of each of the Programming Services by the Systems,
following the Closing. The Buyer further acknowledges that the Seller has
recommended that the Buyer continue to carry the Programming Services. The
Buyer
understands that the Seller is not able to offer the Buyer the same terms that
are available to CCI and its Affiliates, and that the Buyer’s rights to carry
the Programming Services shall be subject to the Buyer’s reaching mutual
agreement with each provider of the Programming Services. The Buyer agrees
to
consider the Seller’s recommendation in good faith and that, if the Buyer
chooses to negotiate a programming agreement with any programmer, it shall
do so
in good faith.
(b) No
party, in the course of its fulfillment of any of its obligations under this
Section 5.14, shall be required to make any payments or otherwise provide any
services in respect of the other’s obligations to its programmers.
Section
5.15 Transition Planning and Services.
(a) Between
the date hereof and the Closing Date, the Seller and the Buyer will reasonably
cooperate to transition the services and operations from the Seller and the
Subsidiaries to the Buyer, and in connection therewith, the Seller shall
provide, and shall cause
the
Subsidiaries to provide, and shall use their commercially reasonable efforts
to
cause the respective officers, employees, representatives and advisors
(including legal and accounting advisors) of the Seller and the Subsidiaries
to
provide, to the Buyer cooperation as reasonably requested by Buyer that is
necessary, proper or reasonably advisable in connection with the transitioning
at Closing of such services and operations to the Buyer (including with respect
to payroll, human resources and benefits administration, financials (general
ledger, accounts payable, purchasing and inventory asset management), billing
migration, e-commerce (including electronic bill pay and presentment),
COM/operational data requests (including, programming information for payments,
channel lineups, headend information, service code and work order mapping,
subscriber counts by service), e-mail, provisioning, disaster recovery, dispatch
system and ticketing system).
(b) Within
60
days of execution of this Agreement, the Seller and the Buyer shall, in good
faith, negotiate and execute a transition services agreement in a form
reasonably acceptable to each of them (the “Transition
Services Agreement”),
to
provide transition services to each other for a period of up to 180 days
following the Closing Date to allow for, among other things, the conversion
of
existing call center, billing system, and all Internet support services,
including access to and the right to use its billing system, billing call
center, Internet addresses, software, Internet back bone connection, HSI tier
2
support, continued access to reports currently provided to the Systems (unless
any such report contains information unrelated to the Systems that the Seller
cannot, after exercise of its commercially reasonable efforts, remove), access
to existing VOD content (other than VOD programming content), customer access
to
existing portal and content, e-mail servers, provisioning support for new HSI
modems until such time as Buyer begins using its own IP address space and
related fixed assets, as well as such other services as are reasonably necessary
or appropriate for transitioning the Business and to permit the operation of
the
Business in the ordinary course (the “Transition
Services”).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Seller shall provide customer email
transition services for up to an additional 90 days after the termination of
the
Transition Services Agreement. The Transition Services Agreement shall require
the Seller to provide the Transition Services to the Buyer at the Seller’s out
of pocket cost, including costs arising solely as a result of the transition
of
the Systems to the Buyer. If and to the extent any System provides services
to
other cable systems owned by the Seller or any of its Affiliates, the Transition
Services Agreement shall require the Buyer to provide Transition Services to
such Seller or Affiliate as agreed to by both parties, which Transition Services
shall be provided to such Seller or Affiliate at the Buyer’s cost, including
costs arising solely as a result of the transition of the Systems to the
Buyer.
Section
5.16 Cooperation
as to Subscriber Reimbursements.
If the
Seller or the Subsidiaries are required, following the Closing, pursuant to
any
Law, settlement or otherwise, to reimburse or provide in-kind or another form
of
consideration to any subscribers of the Systems in respect of any subscriber
payments previously made by them, including fees for cable television service,
late fees and similar payments, the Buyer agrees that it shall make such
reimbursement or provide such in-kind or other form of consideration through
the
Buyer’s billing system on terms specified by the Seller, and the Seller shall
reimburse the Buyer, at cost, for all such payments and other consideration
made
by the Buyer following the Closing and for the Buyer’s reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection therewith. Such reimbursement shall be reflected
in the Pre-Closing Working Capital Statement and Final Working Capital
Statement, to the extent then known. For expenses incurred after completion
of
the
Final
Working Capital Statement, the Seller shall reimburse the Buyer within 30 days
after receipt of a statement therefor. The Buyer shall provide the Seller with
all information in the Buyer’s possession that is reasonably required by the
Seller in connection with such reimbursement.
Section
5.17 Telecommunications
Certificates.
The
Buyer acknowledges and agrees that, following the Closing, the Buyer shall
have
no right to the Subsidiaries’ (other than the C-Corporations', if any) state and
federal telecommunications Licenses and authorities for non-cable services,
each
of which are Excluded Assets, and that the Subsidiaries may terminate some
or
all of such Licenses and authorities. Following the execution hereof, the Buyer
will use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) obtain any Permits related
to
such Licenses and authorities and (ii) obtain eligible telecommunications
provider status from the Universal Service Administration Company, in each
case,
which the Buyer deems necessary or appropriate, or which are required by any
Contract or Permit included in the Transferred Assets, for the offer of services
by it. The Buyer will prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed,
within 30 days after the date hereof, all applications (including any FCC Forms
499) required to be filed in connection with such efforts. The Buyer will pay
all fees and expenses incurred by the Buyer with respect to the foregoing.
Any
liability of the Buyer resulting from the failure to obtain such Licenses or
to
file such applications shall be an Assumed Liability.
Section
5.18 Leased
Vehicles; Other Capital Leases.
Prior
to the Closing, the Seller will pay, or cause to be paid, the remaining balances
on any (i) leases for vehicles or (ii) capital leases for other Equipment or
Real Property included in the Transferred Assets and will deliver such vehicles,
Real Property and other Equipment free and clear of all Encumbrances (other
than
Permitted Encumbrances) to the Buyer at the Closing.
Section
5.19 Tax
Matters.
(a) All
federal, state, local or foreign or other excise, sales, use, value added,
transfer (including real property transfer or gains), stamp, documentary,
filing, recordation and other similar taxes (but not including any income or
corporate franchise taxes, or any Taxes based on, or measured by income, all
of
which shall be solely the responsibility of the Seller) that may be imposed
or
assessed as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby, together with
any
interest, additions or penalties with respect thereto and any interest in
respect of such additions or penalties (the “Transfer
Taxes”),
shall
be shared equally by the Seller and the Buyer.
(b) Any
Tax
Returns that must be filed in connection with Transfer Taxes (the “Transfer
Tax Returns”),
other
than Transfer Tax Returns relating to Real Property and vehicles that are
included in the Transferred Assets (which shall be prepared and filed by the
Buyer), shall be prepared and filed by the Seller; provided, however, that
the
Buyer shall reimburse the Seller for all amounts shown as due and payable on
such Transfer Tax Returns for which the Buyer is responsible for payment
pursuant to Section 5.19(a), and the Seller shall reimburse the Buyer for
amounts shown as due and payable on Transfer Tax Returns prepared and filed
by
the Buyer for which the Seller is responsible pursuant to Section 5.19(a).
The
Buyer and the Seller shall provide copies of such items for the other's review
at least ten Business Days prior to the due date for such returns to be filed.
The Buyer and the Seller shall (and shall cause each of their respective
Affiliates to) cooperate in the timely completion and filing of all such
Tax
Returns, and the Buyer and the Seller shall (and shall cause each of their
respective Affiliates to) execute such documents in connection with such filings
as shall have been required by Law or reasonably requested by the other party.
The Seller or the Buyer, as the case may be, shall furnish to the other party
a
copy of any Transfer Tax Return (or similar form claiming an applicable
exemption from Transfer Taxes) prepared and filed pursuant to this Section
5.19.
(c) The
Buyer
shall control the conduct of any audit, claim, contest or administrative or
judicial proceeding relating to such Transfer Taxes, subject to the Seller’s
right, at its own expense, to participate in such proceedings. Any additional
Transfer Taxes resulting from an adverse determination by a Governmental
Authority shall be shared equally by the Buyer and the Seller. If the Buyer,
on
the one hand, or the Seller, on the other hand, receives any written notice
of
assessment or other claim from any Governmental Authority with respect to
Transfer Taxes for which the other party potentially may be liable, the notified
party shall notify the other party of the receipt of such notice of assessment
or other claim promptly after the receipt thereof.
(d) Any
Transfer Taxes resulting from any subsequent increase in the Purchase Price
pursuant to this Agreement shall be borne in accordance with the provisions
of
this Section 5.19.
(e) All
real
property taxes, personal property taxes, or ad valorem obligations and similar
recurring taxes and fees on the Transferred Assets shall be prorated between
the
Buyer and the Seller as of the Closing Date. The Seller shall be responsible
for
all such Taxes and fees on the Transferred Assets to the extent attributable
to
any period up to and including the Closing Date. The Buyer shall be responsible
for all such Taxes and fees on the Transferred Assets to the extent attributable
to any period after the Closing Date (including any revaluation or reassessment
as a result of this transaction affecting Taxes after the Closing or any
subsequent transaction after the Closing Date). With respect to Taxes described
in this Section 5.19(e), the Seller shall timely file all Tax Returns due on
or
before the Closing Date with respect to such Taxes and the Buyer shall prepare
and timely file all Tax Returns due after the Closing Date with respect to
such
Taxes. If one party remits to the appropriate Taxing Authority payment for
Taxes, which are subject to proration under this Section 5.19(e), and such
payment includes the other party’s share of such Taxes, such other party shall
promptly reimburse the remitting party for its share of such Taxes.
(f) The
Seller shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, all Tax
Returns of the C-Corporations that are required to be filed for Pre-Closing
Tax
Periods. The Buyer shall prepare and file all other Tax Returns of the
C-Corporations, including Tax Returns, if any, for Straddle Periods. Income
Tax
Returns relating to Straddle Periods that are prepared by the Buyer shall be
prepared and filed in a manner consistent with past practice except (i) as
otherwise required by a change in applicable Law, or (ii) as consented to
by the Seller, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
Income Tax Returns relating to Straddle Periods that are prepared by the Buyer
shall be provided to the Seller for review and comment as soon as possible
prior
to the final due date for the filing thereof and in any event at least ten
days
prior to such final due date. The Seller shall be liable for and shall pay
any
Taxes of the C-Corporations for any Pre-Closing Tax Periods. The Seller shall
to
the extent permitted by applicable law, elect with the relevant taxing authority
to close any Tax period of the C-Corporations as of the day before the Closing
Date. If applicable Law does not permit such election to be made, then in the
case of any Taxes attributable to a Straddle Period and based
upon
or
related to income, capital or receipts, the portion of such Taxes which relates
to a Pre-Closing Tax Period shall equal the amount that would be payable if
such
taxable period ended on and included the day before the Closing. For purposes
of
the preceding sentence, any lien, exemption, deduction, credit or other item
that is calculated on an annual basis shall be allocated to the portion of
the
Straddle Period ending on the day before the Closing on a pro rata basis
determined by multiplying the total amount of such item allocable to the
Straddle Period times the Straddle Period Fraction. In the case of any other
Taxes attributable to a Straddle Period and imposed on a periodic basis with
respect to the C-Corporations, the portion of any such Taxes which relates
to a
Pre-Closing Tax Period shall equal the amount of such Taxes for the Straddle
Period multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days
in
the portion of the Straddle Period ending on and including the day before the
Closing and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire
Straddle Period (the “Straddle
Period Fraction”).
The
Seller shall pay to the Buyer the amount of its share of such Taxes within
five
days prior to the due date for such payments (giving effect to any extensions
thereof). Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 5.19(f) to the contrary,
the Seller shall be responsible for any Taxes resulting from any transaction
undertaken not in the ordinary course of business on the Closing Date but before
the Closing (other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the
Taxes of which shall be payable as otherwise provided in this
Agreement).
(g) The
Seller and the Buyer shall cooperate (and shall cause each of their Affiliates
to cooperate) fully at such time and to the extent reasonably requested by
the
other party, in connection with the preparation and filing of any Tax Returns
of
the C-Corporations or the conduct of any audit, dispute, proceeding, suit or
action concerning any Tax of the C-Corporations. Such cooperation shall include,
without limitation, (i) the retention and (upon the other party's request)
the
provision of records, documentation and other information in such party's
possession which are reasonably relevant to the preparation of any Tax Return
until the expiration of the applicable statutes of limitation (giving effect
to
any extension, waiver or mitigation thereof); (ii) the provision of additional
information in such party's possession and explanation of any material provided
hereunder; (iii) the execution of any document that may be necessary or
reasonably helpful in connection with the filing of any C-Corporation's Tax
Return or in connection with any audit, dispute, proceeding, suit or action
respecting any C-Corporation's Tax; and (iv) the use of the parties'
commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any documentation from a governmental
authority or a third party that may be necessary or helpful in connection with
the foregoing.
(h) The
Buyer
shall control the defense and settlement of any audit or administrative or
judicial proceeding involving any asserted liability for Taxes of the
C-Corporations for (i) any Straddle
Period and (ii) any taxable period beginning on or after the Closing Date;
provided, however, that the Buyer shall not settle any proceeding
which would give rise to an indemnification obligation under Section 7.2
hereof without prior written consent of the Seller, which consent shall not
be
unreasonably withheld or delayed.
Section
5.20 Cooperation; Commercially Reasonable Efforts. Without
limiting or expanding any of the express obligations of the parties hereunder,
the parties shall cooperate with each other and their respective counsel,
accountants, agents and other representatives in all commercially
reasonable
respects in connection with any actions required to be taken as part of their
respective obligations under this Agreement, and otherwise use their
commercially reasonable efforts to consummate the transactions contemplated
hereby and to fulfill their obligations hereunder as expeditiously as
practicable.
Section
5.21 Non-Competition;
Non-Solicitation.
(a) The
Seller shall not, and shall cause the Subsidiaries (other than the
C-Corporations), and their respective Affiliates to not, directly or indirectly,
whether as principal, agent, consultant, stockholder, investor or otherwise,
alone or in association with any Person:
(i) for
a
period commencing on the Closing Date and expiring on the second anniversary
of
the Closing Date, manage, operate, finance, participate in, enter into, engage
in or own any interest in, any business or Person that engages in the provision
of multi-channel video programming service, high speed data service or wireline
telephone service (including the ownership or operation of a cable television
system, multi-channel multi-point distribution system, direct broadcast
satellite system, open video system, master antennae television system or
private operational fixed microwave service) in any of the Franchise Areas
as of
the Closing Date, except (A) the small system digital service (SSD) currently
operated by certain Affiliates of the Subsidiaries to the extent provided on
the
date of this Agreement to cable television systems in any Franchise Area and
(B)
as a passive investor or shareholder holding less than 5% of the outstanding
voting stock or other equity interest of any entity, provided,
however,
that
for so long as CCI does not, directly or indirectly, control Conversent
Communications, Inc. ("Conversent"), no direct or indirect investment by CCI
in
Conversent or other participation in the affairs of Conversent will be deemed
a
breach or violation of this Section 5.21(a);
(ii) from
the
date of this Agreement to the Closing Date, directly solicit (excluding through
any general or public solicitation) for employment after the Closing (including
as an independent contractor) any Business Employee (other than the Retained
Employees); and
(iii) for
a
period commencing on the Closing Date and expiring on the first anniversary
of
the Closing Date, directly solicit (excluding through any general or public
solicitation) for employment (including as an independent contractor) any
Transferred Employee.
(b) From
the
date hereof until the Closing (but if a Liquidity Transaction has not occurred
by the close of business on May 15, 2006 such that the Seller would have the
right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section
8.1(e), excluding the period commencing on May 15, 2006 and ending on June
15,
2006) the Seller agrees that it will not, and will cause its Affiliates, or
its
or its Affiliates respective agents, Representatives, officers, directors,
managers and employees not to, directly or indirectly: (A) offer the Transferred
Assets, the Systems or the Business for sale, (B) initiate, solicit, encourage,
facilitate or entertain offers for the Transferred Assets, Systems or Business,
(C) participate in any negotiations or discussions for the possible sale of
the
Transferred Assets, Systems or Business or (D) make information about the
Transferred Assets, Systems or Business available to any Person (other than
the
Buyer and its Affiliates and Representatives) in connection with the possible
sale of the Transferred Assets, Systems or Business. For the period described
in
the preceding sentence, the Seller shall not
enter
into any agreement relating to the sale (by merger, exchange or otherwise)
of
the equity interests of any of the Subsidiaries, or consummate any such
transaction, without prior written notice to the Buyer and unless the acquiror
of such equity interests agrees in writing on terms and conditions reasonably
acceptable to the Buyer to assume the Seller’s obligations hereunder and under
the Ancillary Agreements; provided, that, unless otherwise agreed in writing
by
the Buyer, no such assumption shall relieve the Seller of any of its obligations
or liabilities hereunder or thereunder; and provided further that in no event
may the Seller enter into any agreement relating to the sale (by merger,
exchange or otherwise) of the equity interests of any of the C-Corporations,
or
consummate any such transaction.
(c) If
any
provision of this Section 5.21 is determined to be unreasonable or
unenforceable, such provision and the remainder of this Section 5.21 shall
not
be declared invalid, but rather shall be modified and enforced to the maximum
extent permitted by law.
Section
5.22 Financial
and Operational Information.
(a) The
Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to furnish to the Buyer, the
costs of which shall be shared equally by the Buyer and the Seller:
(i) on
or
before April 1, 2006, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the
Business as of December 31, 2004 and 2005, and the related audited
consolidated statements of results of operations, invested equity and cash
flows
of the Business for the three years ended December 31, 2005, together with
all related notes and schedules thereto, accompanied by the reports thereon
of
KPMG, LLC (which shall contain no "going concern" or other qualification)
(collectively referred to as the “Audited
Financial Statements”)
which
(A) shall have been prepared based on the books and records of the Seller and
the Subsidiaries pertaining to the Business (except as may be indicated in
any
notes thereto), (B) shall have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied
on
a consistent basis, (C) will fairly present, in all material respects, the
consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the
Business as at the date thereof and for the respective periods indicated
therein, (D) will comply in all material respects with the requirements of
Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act and (E) shall have been
audited by KPMG, LLC; and
(ii) on
or
before May 15, 2006, a copy of the unaudited consolidated balance sheet with
respect to the Business as of March 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related
consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended
March 31, 2006, and 2005, together with all related notes and schedules thereto,
which (A) shall have been prepared based on the books and records of the Seller
and the Subsidiaries pertaining to the Business, (B) shall have been prepared
in
accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, (C) will fairly present,
in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Systems in
the
aggregate as of March 31, 2006 and 2005, and the consolidated results of their
operations for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, which will
include all of the information and footnote disclosure required by GAAP for
interim financial information and (D) shall have been reviewed in accordance
with SAS 100 by KPMG, LLC. In the event the Closing occurs more than 135 days
after any fiscal quarter end, financial information related to the subsequent
quarterly
period shall be furnished to
the Buyer in accordance with this Section 5.22 within 45 days after such
subsequent quarter end.
(b) Following
the Closing, the Seller shall give the Buyer and its representatives (including
the Buyer’s accountants) access to the Seller’s and the Subsidiaries books and
records and any other business and financial data that the Buyer may reasonably
request, and the Seller shall, and shall instruct the Subsidiaries, their
employees, accountants and other advisors to, at the Buyer’s request, cooperate
with the Buyer as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Buyer to (i)
complete any audit or review in conformity with Regulation S-X promulgated
under
the Securities Act, including the preparation and audit of information required
for a “black line” presentation with respect to the Systems for the period
January 1, 2006 through the Closing Date and for the period beginning the day
following the Closing Date through December 31, 2006, and (ii) obtain the
relevant information required for the preparation of a Registration Statement
on
Form S-4 under the Securities Act or any additional information required for
filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, required to
be
made during or with respect to the 2006 fiscal year. In the event that the
Seller or any Subsidiary ceases to exist following the Closing or substantially
diminishes its activities, the Seller shall take such actions as are necessary
to preserve its books and records and any other business and financial data
and
shall make arrangements so that such books and records and data are made
available to the Buyer upon its reasonable request.
Section
5.23 Risk
of Loss.
The
risk of any loss or damage to the Transferred Assets resulting from fire, theft
or any other casualty (except reasonable wear and tear) will be borne by the
Seller at all times prior to the Closing. In
the
event of any such loss or damage to any of the Transferred Assets, Seller shall,
at its option, repair or replace such Transferred Assets, as applicable, or
pay
over to the Buyer at the Closing, cash in the amount necessary to repair or
replace such Transferred Assets, as applicable.
Section
5.24 Financing.
(a) The
Buyer
shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and effectuate the
financing contemplated by the Financing Commitments on the terms set forth
therein. The Buyer agrees to notify the Seller promptly and, in any case, within
3 Business Days if, at any time prior to the Closing Date, (i) any Financing
Commitment shall expire or be terminated, modified or amended for any reason
or
(ii) any of the financing sources that is a party to the Debt Commitments
notifies the Buyer that such source will not be able to provide financing
substantially on the terms set forth in the Debt Commitments. The Buyer shall
not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to, without the prior written
consent of the Seller, take any action or enter into any transaction, including
any merger, acquisition, joint venture, disposition, lease, contract or debt
or
equity financing that would reasonably be expected to materially delay or
prevent the financing contemplated by the Financing Commitments. The Buyer
shall
not amend or alter, or agree to amend or alter, the Financing Commitments in
any
manner that could reasonably be expected to materially delay or prevent the
transactions contemplated hereby without the prior written consent of the
Seller, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
including the first sentence hereof, the Buyer shall not be prohibited from
obtaining and effectuating financing on terms other than those contemplated
by
the Financing Commitments; provided the Buyer's efforts to obtain such alternate
financing
terms
does not materially delay or prevent the financing and consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(b) The
Seller shall provide, and shall cause the Subsidiaries to provide, reasonable
assistance to the Buyer’s efforts to obtain the funds contemplated by the
Financing Commitments, including provision of existing financial statements
for
prior periods, facilitating customary due diligence and arranging for Business
Employees to meet with prospective lenders in customary presentations or to
participate in customary road shows, in each case upon the Buyer's request
with
reasonable prior notice and at the Buyer's sole cost and expense. The Seller
shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate the engagement
of
KPMG, LLC by the Buyer for any purpose relating to the financing of the
transactions contemplated hereby (including the provision of an auditors
"comfort letter" by April 8, 2006, which, among other things, will relate to
the
quarterly financial statements for the quarter ending December 31, 2005,
provided that such efforts in no way delay the delivery of the Audited Financial
Statements) and to cause KPMG, LLC to provide its consent to the inclusion
of
its reports in any document filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(it being understood and agreed that the Seller shall not be required to spend
any funds, provide any indemnity or make any representations in any manner
with
respect to such engagement).
Section
5.25 Fiber
Audit.
The
Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts in the ordinary course of
business to continue its audit of the fibers utilized under the agreements
with
FiberNet, LLC referred to on Schedule 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedules and
upon
such completion the Seller agrees to promptly deliver the results of such audit
to the Buyer.
Section
5.26 Contracts
Containing Non-Competition Agreements.
No
later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement, the Seller shall provide
the Buyer with a schedule of those Contracts that contain non-competition or
other similar provisions that would be binding on the (a) the Buyer and its
Affiliates or (b) the Equity Sponsors and their affiliates after the Closing.
Upon receipt of such schedule, the Buyer shall have 15 days to designate any
of
the Contracts set forth therein as Excluded Assets, which shall not be
transferred to the Buyer at the Closing. The previous sentence notwithstanding,
if the Seller obtains any waiver or other elimination of such non-competition
provision from such Contract with the respect to the (a) the Buyer and its
Affiliates and/or (b) the Equity Sponsors and their affiliates, as appropriate,
prior to the Closing, such Contract will be transferred to the Buyer as a
Transferred Asset.
ARTICLE
VI
CONDITIONS
TO CLOSING
Section
6.1 General
Conditions.
The
respective obligations of the Buyer and the Seller to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the fulfillment, at
or
prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions, any of which may,
to
the extent permitted by applicable Law, be waived in writing by either party
in
its sole discretion (provided that such waiver shall only be effective as
to the
obligations of such party):
(a) No
Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced
or
entered any Law (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) that enjoins,
restrains, makes
illegal
or otherwise prohibits the consummation of the transactions, taken as a whole,
contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements.
(b) Any
waiting period (and any extension thereof) under the HSR Act applicable to
the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements shall
have expired or shall have been terminated.
Section
6.2 Conditions
to Obligations of the Seller.
The
obligations of the Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby
shall be subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Closing, of each of
the
following conditions, any of which may be waived in writing by the Seller in
its
sole discretion:
(a) The
representations and warranties of the Buyer contained in this Agreement shall
be
true and correct both when made and as of the Closing Date, or in the case
of
representations and warranties that are made as of a specified date, such
representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such specified
date, except where the failure to be so true and correct (without giving effect
to any limitation or qualification as to “materiality” (including the word
“material”) or “Buyer Material Adverse Effect” set forth therein) would not,
individually or in the aggregate, have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect. The
Buyer shall have performed all obligations and agreements and complied with
all
covenants and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied
with by it in all material respects prior to or at the Closing. The Seller
shall
have received from the Buyer a certificate to the effect set forth in the
preceding sentences, signed by an officer thereof.
(b) The
Seller shall have received an executed counterpart of each of the Ancillary
Agreements, signed by each party other than the Seller or the Subsidiaries
that
are parties thereto.
(c) The
LFA
Approvals, consistent with the provisions of Section 5.7, with respect to
Franchises that represent, in aggregate, not less than 90% of the individually-billed
subscribers
of the
Systems, (i) shall have been received, or (ii) shall be deemed to have been
received in accordance with Section 617 of the Communications Act (47 U.S.C.
Section 537), or (iii) shall not be required by applicable Law or under any
applicable Franchise; provided,
however,
if less
than 100% of the LFA Approvals have been obtained, all applicable waiting
periods (including extensions) shall have expired with respect to the FCC Forms
394 filed in connection with requests
for such LFA Approvals that have not been obtained. Solely for purposes of
determining the applicable percentage of individually-billed subscriber sunder
Section 2.5(b), this Section 6.2(c) and Section 6.3(c), the parties shall use
the number of subscribers in the Systems set forth on Schedule 6.3(c) of the
Disclosure Schedules.
Section
6.3 Conditions
to Obligations of the Buyer.
The
obligations of the Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby
shall be subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Closing, of each
of the
following conditions, any of which may be waived in writing by the Buyer
in its
sole discretion:
(a) The
representations and warranties of the Seller contained in this Agreement
shall
be true and correct both when made and as of the Closing Date, or in the
case of
representations
and
warranties that are made as of a specified date, such representations and
warranties shall be true and correct as of such specified date, except where
the
failure to be so true and correct (without giving effect to any limitation
or
qualification as to “materiality” (including the word “material”) or “Material
Adverse Effect” set forth therein) would not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Seller shall
have
performed all obligations and agreements and complied with all covenants and
conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it
in
all material respects prior to or at the Closing. The Buyer shall have received
from the Seller a certificate to the effect set forth in the preceding
sentences, signed by an officer thereof.
(b) The
Buyer
shall have received an executed counterpart of each of the Ancillary Agreements
signed by each party other than the Buyer.
(c) (i)
The
LFA Approvals, consistent with the provisions of Section 5.7, with respect
to
Franchises that represent, in aggregate, not less than 65% of the
individually-billed subscribers of the Systems, (i) shall have been received,
or
(ii) shall be deemed to have been received in accordance with Section 617 of
the
Communications Act (47 U.S.C. Section 537), or (iii) shall not be required
by
applicable Law or under any applicable Franchise; provided,
however,
if less
than 100% of the LFA Approvals have been obtained, all applicable waiting
periods (including extensions) shall have expired with respect to the FCC Forms
394 filed in connection with requests for such LFA Approvals that have not
been
obtained. Solely for purposes of determining the applicable percentage of
individually-billed subscribers under Section 2.5(b), Section 6.2(c) and this
Section 6.3(c), the parties shall use the number of subscribers in the Systems
set forth on Schedule 6.3(c) of the Disclosure Schedules.
(d) The
Required Consents with respect to the assignment of any leases for any Material
Real Property serving more than 2,000 individually-billed subscribers shall
have
been received.
(e) There
shall not have occurred any change, event or development that, individually
or
in the aggregate, has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect.
(f) The
Buyer
shall have received (i) the Audited Financial Statements and (ii) the financial
statements referred to in Section 5.22(a)(ii) to the extent such financial
statements are then due pursuant to the terms of Section 5.22(a)(ii), and the
Operating Cash Flow for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as derived from the statement of results of operations of
the
Business in the Audited Financial Statements will
not
be more than $2,000,000 less than the Operating Cash Flow for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as derived from the statement of results of operations of
the
Business in the Financial Statements.
(g) Forty
five days shall have elapsed since delivery of the most recent quarterly
financial statements required to be delivered under Section
5.22(a)(ii).
(h) As
of the
Closing Date, the aggregate number of the RGUs shall be no fewer than
284,537.
(i) The
Buyer
shall have received the funds in the amount contemplated by the Debt Commitments
substantially on the terms and conditions set forth therein.
(j) The
Seller shall not have sold, transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of
any
material Transferred Assets or any interest therein, except with the consent
of
the Buyer (which consent shall not have been unreasonably
withheld).
(k) The
conditions set forth in Schedule 6.3(i) of the Disclosure Schedules shall have
been met.
ARTICLE
VII
INDEMNIFICATION
Section
7.1 Survival
of Representations and Warranties.
The
representations and warranties of the Seller and the Buyer contained in this
Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and any certificate delivered pursuant
hereto or thereto shall survive the Closing for a period of 12 months after
the
Closing Date, except representations and warranties relating to authorization
of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Taxes, the C-Corporations,
title to the Real Property and the Transferred Assets, ERISA, environmental
matters and brokers, which representations and warranties will survive the
Closing for the duration of the applicable statute of limitations.
Section
7.2 Indemnification
by the Seller.
After
the Closing, the Seller shall, and shall cause the Subsidiaries to, save,
defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer and its Affiliates, direct and
indirect equityholders, owners, general partners, managers and members of the
Buyer or its Affiliates, and the respective Representatives, successors and
assigns of each of the foregoing (collectively, the “Buyer
Indemnified Parties”)
from
and against any and all losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, claims,
interest, awards, judgments, settlements, penalties, costs and expenses
(including reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses
incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (hereinafter
collectively, “Losses”)
to the
extent arising out of or resulting from:
(a) any
breach of any representation or warranty made by the Seller contained in this
Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements;
(b) any
breach of any covenant or agreement by the Seller contained in this Agreement
or
the Ancillary Agreements;
(c) any
Excluded Liability, including any liability arising
out of any litigation described on Schedule 3.8 of the Disclosure Schedules
as
well as any other litigation related to the Business, Transferred Assets
or the
C-Corporations with respect to any period prior to the Closing; and
(d) any
liability that is not an Assumed Liability.
Section
7.3 Indemnification by the Buyer. After the Closing, the
Buyer shall save, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Seller and its
Affiliates, direct and indirect shareholders, owners, general partners, managers
and members of the Seller or its Affiliates, and the respective Representatives,
successors and assigns of each of the foregoing (collectively, the
“Seller
Indemnified Parties”)
from
and against any and all Losses to the extent arising out of or resulting
from:
(a) any
breach of any representation or warranty made by the Buyer contained in this
Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements;
(b) any
breach of any covenant or agreement by the Buyer contained in this Agreement
or
the Ancillary Agreements; and
(c) any
Assumed Liability.
Section
7.4 Procedures.
(a) In
order
for a Buyer Indemnified Party or Seller Indemnified Party (each an “Indemnified
Party”)
to be
entitled to any indemnification provided for under this Agreement or the
Ancillary Agreements in respect of, arising out of or involving a Loss or a
claim or demand, whether between the parties hereto (a “Direct
Claim”)
or made
by any Person against such Indemnified Party (a “Third
Party Claim”),
such
Indemnified Party shall deliver notice thereof to the party against whom
indemnity is sought (the “Indemnifying
Party”)
describing in reasonable detail the facts giving rise to any Direct Claim or
Third Party Claim for indemnification hereunder, the amount or method of
computation of the amount of such Direct Claim or Third Party Claim (if known)
(which amount or any computation of such amount shall not in any event limit
the
amount of indemnification to which an Indemnified Party may be entitled
hereunder) and such other information with respect thereto as the Indemnifying
Party may reasonably request. If the claim is a Third Party Claim, notice shall
be given promptly by the Indemnified Party after receipt by such Indemnified
Party of written notice of the Third Party Claim. The failure to provide any
such notice of a Direct Claim or Third Party Claim, however, shall not release
the Indemnifying Party from any of its obligations under this Article VII except
to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such
failure.
(b) Following
receipt of notice from the Indemnified Party of a Direct Claim or Third Party
Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall have 30 days (or such shorter period as
is
set forth in such notice as may be required in any applicable proceeding, in
the
event of a litigated matter) to make such investigation of the Direct Claim
or
Third Party Claim as the Indemnifying Party deems
necessary or desirable and, in the case of a Third Party Claim, to notify the
Indemnified Party as to whether it intends to assume the defense thereof
pursuant to Section 7.4(c). For the purposes of such investigation, the
Indemnified Party agrees to make available to the Indemnifying Party and its
authorized representative(s) the information relied upon by the Indemnified
Party to substantiate the Direct Claim or Third Party Claim. If the Indemnified
Party and the Indemnifying Party agree at or prior to the expiration of said
30
day period (or such shorter period, or in either case any mutually agreed upon
extension thereof) to the validity and amount of such Direct Claim or Third
Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall immediately pay to the Indemnified
Party the full amount of the Direct Claim or Third Party Claim. If the
Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party do not agree within said period
(or
any mutually agreed upon extension thereof), the Indemnified Party may seek
appropriate legal remedy.
(c) The
Indemnifying Party shall have the right, upon written notice to the Indemnified
Party, to assume the defense of any Third Party Claim at the expense of the
Indemnifying Party with counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party and
reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, unless (i) the Third Party
Claim relates to or arises in connection with a criminal proceeding, action,
indictment, allegation or investigation, (ii) the Indemnifying Party has failed
to defend or is failing to defend in good faith the Third Party Claim, (iii)
the
Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party are both named parties to the
Third
Party Claim, and the Indemnified Party reasonably concludes that representation
of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or
potential different interests, (iv) in the case of Losses suffered by a Buyer
Indemnified Party, it is reasonably likely that the Losses arising from such
Third Party Claim will exceed the amount such Buyer Indemnified Party will
be
entitled to recover as a result of the limitations set forth in Section 7.5,
(v)
the Indemnifying Party does not, in the Indemnified Party's reasonable judgment,
have sufficient financial resources to satisfy the amount of any adverse
judgment that is reasonably likely to result with respect to such Third Party
Claim, or (vi) the Indemnifying Party fails to acknowledge in writing that
it
would have an absolute indemnity obligation for any and all Losses resulting
from such Third Party Claim. If the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense
of
such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ
separate counsel and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and
expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnified Party;
provided,
however,
that if
in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Indemnified Party, there is a
conflict of interest between the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party,
the Indemnifying Party shall be responsible for the reasonable fees and expenses
of one counsel to such Indemnified Party in connection with such defense. If
the
Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of any Third Party Claim, the Indemnified
Party shall reasonably cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in such defense
and
use commercially reasonable efforts to make available to the Indemnifying Party
all witnesses, pertinent records, materials and information in the Indemnified
Party’s possession or under the Indemnified Party’s control relating thereto as
is reasonably required by the Indemnifying Party subject to reimbursement for
actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Indemnified Party as the result
of
a request by the Indemnifying Party. If the Indemnifying Party assumes the
defense of a Third Party Claim and continues to diligently defend such claim,
the Indemnified Party shall not admit any liability with respect to, or settle,
compromise or discharge, or offer to settle, compromise or discharge, such
Third
Party Claim without the Indemnifying Party’s prior written consent, which may be
granted or withheld in the Indemnifying Party’s sole discretion. The
Indemnifying Party shall not, without the prior written consent of the
Indemnified Party, which may be granted or withheld in the Indemnified Party’s
sole
discretion, settle, compromise or offer to settle or compromise any Third Party
Claim on a basis that would result in (i) the imposition of a consent order,
injunction or decree that would restrict the future activity or conduct of,
or
impose any non-monetary liability, obligation or commitment on, the Indemnified
Party or any of its Affiliates, (ii) a finding or admission of a violation
of
Law or violation of the rights of any Person by the Indemnified Party or any
of
its Affiliates, (iii) a finding or admission that would have an adverse effect
on other claims made or threatened against the Indemnified Party or any of
its
Affiliates, or (iv) any monetary liability of the Indemnified Party that shall
not be promptly paid or reimbursed by the Indemnifying Party. Any such
settlement or compromise shall include as an unconditional term thereof the
giving by the claimant of a release of the Indemnified Party from all liability
with respect to such Third Party Claim.
(d) In
the
event any Indemnified Party should have a claim against any Indemnifying Party
hereunder that does not involve a Third Party Claim being asserted against
or
sought to be collected from such Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party shall
deliver notice of such claim promptly to the Indemnifying Party, describing
in
reasonable detail the facts giving rise to any claim for indemnification
hereunder, the amount or method of computation of the amount of such claim
(if
known) and such other information with respect thereto as the Indemnifying
Party
may reasonably request. The failure to provide such notice, however, shall
not
release the Indemnifying Party from any of its obligations under this Article
VII except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced
by
such failure. The Indemnified Party shall reasonably cooperate and assist the
Indemnifying Party in determining the validity of any claim for indemnity by
the
Indemnified Party and in otherwise resolving such matters. Such assistance
and
cooperation shall include providing reasonable access to and copies of
information, records and documents relating to such matters, furnishing
employees to assist in the investigation, defense and resolution of such matters
and providing legal and business assistance with respect to such
matters.
(e) In
the
event the Indemnifying Party (i) does not elect to assume control or otherwise
participate in the defense of any Third Party Claim, (ii) is not entitled to
assume the defense of a Third Party Claim pursuant to Section 7.4(c) or (iii)
after assuming the defense of a Third Party Claim, fails to take reasonable
steps to defend diligently such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall
have the right, but not the obligation, to assume its own defense with respect
to the applicable Third Party Claim (it being understood that the Indemnified
Party’s right to indemnification for a Third Party Claim shall not be adversely
affected by assuming the defense of such Third Party Claim), and the
Indemnifying Party shall be bound by the results obtained by the Indemnified
Party with respect to such Third Party Claim and shall pay the reasonable fees
and expenses of counsel retained by the Indemnified Party; provided, however,
that the Indemnified Party shall not have the right to consent or otherwise
agree to any non-monetary settlement or relief, including injunctive relief
or
other equitable remedies, that would reasonably be expected to adversely affect
the Indemnifying Party, without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying
Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or
delayed.
Section
7.5 Indemnification by the Buyer.Limits on
Indemnification.
(a) No
claim
may be asserted against either party for breach of any representation or
warranty contained in this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or any
certificate delivered hereto or thereto, unless written notice of such claim
is
received by such party, describing in reasonable detail the facts and
circumstances with respect to the subject matter of such claim on or prior
to
the date on which the representation or warranty on which such claim is based
ceases to survive as set forth in Section 7.1, in which case such representation
or warranty shall survive as to such claim until such claim has been finally
resolved.
(b) Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement:
(i) neither
party shall be liable to the other party for any claim for indemnification
under
Section 7.2(a) or 7.3(a), as the case may be, unless and until the aggregate
amount of indemnifiable Losses that may be recovered from the Seller or the
Buyer
under Section 7.2(a) or 7.3(a), as the case may be, equals or exceeds $4,620,000
in which case the Indemnifying Party shall be liable only for the Losses in
excess of such amount; provided,
however,
such
limitation shall not apply with respect to representations and warranties
relating to title to the Real Property and the Transferred Assets and, in
substitute of such limitation, the Seller shall not be liable to the Buyer
for
any claim for indemnification under Section 7.2(a), in respect of
representations and warranties that the Seller is transferring title to the
Real
Property and the Transferred Assets free and clear of Encumbrances (other than
as set forth in this Agreement) unless and until the aggregate amount of
indemnifiable Losses that may be recovered from the Seller under Section 7.2(a)
in respect of such representations and warranties equals or exceeds $400,000;
provided further,
however,
that
such limitations shall not apply to indemnification in respect of
representations and warranties relating to authorization of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, Taxes, C-Corporations as set forth in Section
3.22 and brokers;
(ii) the
maximum aggregate amount of indemnifiable Losses that may be recovered by either
party under Section 7.2(a) or 7.3(a), as the case may be, shall be an amount
equal to $50,000,000; provided,
however,
that
the maximum aggregate amount of indemnifiable Losses that may be recovered
by
either party under Section 7.2(a) or 7.3(a), as the case may be, with respect
to
representations and warranties relating to ERISA and environmental matters
shall
be an amount equal to $154,000,000; provided further,
however,
that
the maximum aggregate amount of indemnifiable Losses that may be recovered
by
either party under Section 7.2(a) or 7.3(a), as the case may be, with respect
to
representations and warranties relating to authorization of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, Taxes, title to the Real Property and the
Transferred Assets, the C-Corporations and brokers shall be the Purchase Price
(for the avoidance of doubt, the maximum amounts payable under any clause of
this Section 7.5(b)(ii) shall be reduced by any amount previously paid
under Section 7.2(a) or 7.3(a));
(iii) no
Losses
may be claimed by any Indemnified Party or shall be reimbursable by or shall
be
included in calculating the aggregate Losses set forth in clause
(i) above other than Losses in excess of $5,000 resulting from any single claim
or aggregated claims arising out of the same facts, events or
circumstances;
(iv) the
Seller shall not be obligated to indemnify any Buyer Indemnified Party with
respect to any Loss to the extent that such Loss was a Current Liability
included in the calculation of the Final Net Current Asset Value or to the
extent that an accrual or reserve for the amount of such loss was included
in
the calculation of the Final Net Asset Value (in each case, as finally
determined pursuant to Section 2.9); and
(v) no
party
hereto shall have any liability under any provision of this Agreement for any
punitive, incidental, consequential, special or indirect damages, including
business interruption, loss of future revenue, profits or income, or loss of
business reputation or opportunity relating to the breach or alleged breach
of
this Agreement, except to the extent awarded by a court or other tribunal of
competent jurisdiction to a third party in connection with a Third Party
Claim.
(c) For
all
purposes of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, Losses shall be net
of
any insurance or other recoveries payable to the Indemnified Party or its
Affiliates in connection with the Losses giving rise to the right of
indemnification.
(d) The
Buyer
and the Seller shall reasonably cooperate with each other with respect to
resolving any claim or liability with respect to which one party is obligated
to
indemnify the other party hereunder, including by making commercially reasonably
efforts to mitigate or resolve any such claim or liability.
Section 7.6 Assignment
of Claims.
If any
party receives any payment from the other party in respect of any Losses
pursuant to Section 7.2 or Section 7.3, as the case may be, and the Indemnified
Party could have recovered all or a part of such Losses from a third party
(a
“Potential
Contributor”)
based
on the underlying claim asserted against the Seller or the Buyer, as the case
may be, the Indemnified Party shall assign, on a non-recourse basis and without
any representation or warranty, such of its rights to proceed against the
Potential Contributor as are necessary to permit the Seller or the Buyer, as
the
case may be, to recover from the Potential Contributor the amount of such
payment. Any payment received in respect of such claim shall be distributed,
(i) first, to the Indemnified Party in the amount of any deductible or
similar amount required to be paid by the Indemnified Party prior to the Seller
or the Buyer, as the case may be, being required to make any payment to the
Indemnified Party, (ii) second, to the Indemnifying Party in an amount
equal to the aggregate payments made by the Indemnifying Party to the
Indemnified Party in respect of such Loss, plus reasonable costs and expenses
(including attorney’s costs and expenses) incurred in investigating, defending
or otherwise incurred in connection with addressing such claim and
(iii) the balance, if any, to the Indemnified Party.
Section 7.7 Payments.
The
Indemnifying Party shall pay all amounts payable pursuant to this Article VII
by
wire transfer of immediately available funds, promptly following receipt from
an
Indemnified Party of a bill, together with all accompanying reasonably detailed
back-up documentation, for each Loss that is the subject of indemnification
hereunder, except to the extent the Indemnifying Party in good faith disputes
the Loss or a portion thereof, in which event
it
shall so notify the Indemnified Party; provided that the Indemnifying Party
shall promptly pay any portion of such Loss not subject to dispute. In any
event, the Indemnifying Party shall pay to the Indemnified Party, by wire
transfer of immediately available funds, the amount of any Loss for which it
is
liable hereunder no later than three days following any final determination
of
such Loss and the Indemnifying Party’s liability therefor. A “final
determination” shall exist when (i) the parties to the dispute have reached an
agreement in writing, or a court of competent jurisdiction shall have entered
a
final and non-appealable order or judgment.
Section
7.8 Exclusivity.
Except
as specifically set forth in this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements,
after
the Closing, in the absence of fraud on the part of either party in connection
with the negotiation, execution or delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary
Agreements or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (to
the
extent determined by a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction),
this Article VII shall provide the exclusive remedy of any party against
the
other party for any breach of any
representation
or warranty set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement or the Ancillary
Agreements.
Section
7.9 Disclaimer
of Implied Warranties.
(a) It
is the explicit intent and understanding of each party hereto that
neither
party hereto or any of such party’s Affiliates or Representatives is
making any representation or warranty whatsoever (including any implied
warranty of merchantability or fitness), oral or written, express
or
implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding
the Business, the Transferred Assets or the Assumed Liabilities,
except as
expressly set forth in this Agreement, and neither party hereto is
relying
on any statement, representation or warranty, oral or written, express
or
implied, made by the other party hereto or such other party’s Affiliates
or Representatives, except for the representations and warranties
expressly set forth in this Agreement.
(b) In
connection with the Buyer’s investigation of the Business, the Buyer has
received certain estimates, projections and other forecasts regarding
the
Business and the Transferred Assets, including those set forth
in the
Confidential Information Memorandum dated October, 2005. The Buyer
acknowledges that there are uncertainties inherent in attempting
to make
such estimates, projections and other forecasts, that the Buyer
is
familiar with such uncertainties and that the Buyer is taking full
responsibility for making its own evaluation of the adequacy and
accuracy
of all estimates, projections and other forecasts so furnished
to it
(including the reasonableness of the assumptions underlying such
estimates, projections and forecasts). Accordingly, the Seller
makes no
representation or warranty with respect to such estimates, projections
and
other forecasts (including the reasonableness of the assumptions
underlying such estimates, projections and
forecasts).
|
ARTICLE
VIII
TERMINATION,
AMENDMENT AND WAIVER
Section
8.1 Termination.
This
Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:
(a) by
mutual
written consent of the Buyer and the Seller;
(b) (i)
by
the Seller, if the Buyer breaches or fails to perform in any respect any
of its
representations, warranties or covenants contained in this Agreement or any
Ancillary Agreement and such breach or failure to perform (A) would give
rise to
the failure of a condition set forth in Section 6.2, (B) cannot be cured
or has
not been cured within 30 days after written notice thereof is given to the
Buyer
and (C) has not been waived by the Seller or (ii) by the Buyer, if the Seller
breaches or fails to perform in any respect any of its representations,
warranties or covenants contained in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement
and such breach or failure to perform (x) would give rise to the failure
of a
condition set forth in Section 6.3, (y) cannot be cured or has not been cured
within 30 days after written notice thereof is given to the Seller and (z)
has
not been waived by the Buyer;
(c) by
either
the Seller or the Buyer if the Closing shall not have occurred by the first
anniversary of the date of this Agreement (the “Termination
Date”);
provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section
8.1(c) shall not be available if the failure of the party so requesting
termination to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement shall have been
the
cause of the failure of the Closing to occur on or prior to such
date;
(d) by
either
the Seller or the Buyer in the event that any Governmental Authority shall
have
issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action restraining,
enjoining or otherwise prohibiting all of the transactions contemplated hereby,
and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and
nonappealable; provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement
under this Section 8.1(d) shall not be available to a party if such order,
decree, ruling or other action was due to such party’s failure to perform any of
its obligations under this Agreement;
(e) by
the
Seller, if a Liquidity Transaction has not occurred by the close of business
on
May 15, 2006; provided,
however,
that
the Seller must elect to terminate this Agreement, if at all, pursuant to this
Section 8.1(e) prior to cure by the Buyer and in any event on or prior to June
15, 2006; or
(f) by
the
Buyer, if the failure of the condition set forth in Section 6.3(j): (i) cannot
be cured or has not been cured within 30 days after written notice thereof
is
given to the Seller and (ii) has not been waived by the Buyer.
The
party
seeking to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1 (other than
Section 8.1(a)) shall give prompt written notice of such termination to the
other party.
Section
8.2 Effect of Termination.
In the
event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 8.1, this
Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability on the
part of either party except for the provisions of Sections 3.17 and 4.6 relating
to broker’s fees and finder’s fees, Sections 5.2(a) and (d) relating to expenses
and indemnities, Section 5.2(e) relating to confidentiality and sharing of
information, Section 5.6 relating to confidentiality, Section 5.13 relating
to
public announcements, Section 8.3 relating to rights upon termination, Section
9.1 relating to fees and expenses, Section 9.4 relating to notices, Section
9.7
relating to third-party beneficiaries, Section 9.8 relating to governing law,
Section 9.9 relating to submission to jurisdiction, Section 9.11 relating to
personal liability, Section 9.16 relating to waiver of jury trial and this
Section 8.2.
Section
8.3 Rights
upon Termination.
(a) In
the
event of any termination of this Agreement prior to the Closing, the Buyer
shall
be entitled to the immediate return of the Escrow Fund; provided,
however,
in the
event of a termination of this Agreement by the Seller pursuant to (i) Section
8.1(b)(i), (ii) Section 8.1(c), if the failure of the Closing to occur by the
Termination Date was the result of the Buyer’s failure to perform any of its
obligations under this Agreement, (iii) Section 8.1(d), if the order, decree,
ruling or other action referred to in Section 8.1(d) causing the termination
was
caused by the Buyer’s failure to perform any of its obligations under this
Agreement, or (iv) Section 8.1(e), then in each case the Seller shall be
entitled to receive the Escrow Fund as
liquidated damages
for
the damages suffered by Seller (which amount the parties agree is a reasonable
estimate of the actual damages that will be suffered by Seller and does not
constitute a penalty).
(b) In
the
event of a termination of this Agreement by the Buyer pursuant to (i) Section
8.1(b)(ii) (other than as a result of a breach of the non-solicitation covenant
contained in Section 5.21(b)), (ii) Section 8.1(c), if the failure of the
Closing to occur by the Termination Date was the result of the Seller's failure
to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, (iii) Section 8.1(d),
if
the order, decree, ruling or other action referred to in Section 8.1(d) causing
the termination was caused by the Seller's failure to perform any of its
obligations under this Agreement or (iv) Section 8.1(f), the Buyer shall be
entitled to damages for breach of contract in an amount equal in value to the
amount of the Escrow Fund on the date of termination as
liquidated damages for the damages suffered by Buyer (which amount the parties
agree is a reasonable estimate of the actual damages that will be suffered
by
Buyer and does not constitute a penalty).
Section
8.4 Other
Termination Provisions.
(a) Notwithstanding
the foregoing, a party may not rely on the failure of any condition set forth
in
Article VI to be satisfied if such failure was caused by such party’s breach of
or failure to perform any of its representations, warranties, covenants or
other
obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(b) The
Seller and the Buyer acknowledge and agree that if the Closing does not occur,
the Buyer’s maximum liability under this Agreement shall be the amount of the
Escrow Fund. The Buyer shall only be liable for such amount if the Closing
does
not occur and the Seller validly terminates
this
Agreement and is entitled to the Escrow Fund in accordance with Section
8.3, and such payment is intended to be liquidated damages, it being agreed
that
said amount shall constitute full payment to the Seller for any claim by
Seller
for any and all damages suffered by the Seller by reason of any such breach
by
the Buyer of any of its obligations under this Agreement (other than for
attorneys fees provided in Section 8.4(c) below) or by reason of any such
termination. The Buyer and the Seller agree in advance that actual damages
would
be difficult to ascertain and that the amount of the Escrow Fund is a fair
and
equitable amount to reimburse the Seller for damages sustained due to the
Buyer’s breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement and that said
amount does not constitute a penalty or forfeiture and neither the Seller
nor
the Buyer will seek to assert that the provisions of this Section 8.4(b)
are
unenforceable in any way.
(c) Notwithstanding
any provision in this Agreement that may limit or qualify a party’s remedies, in
the event of a breach or default by any party that results in a lawsuit
or other
proceeding for any remedy available under this Agreement, the prevailing
party
shall be entitled to reimbursement from the breaching or defaulting party
of its
reasonable legal fees and out-of-pocket expenses (whether incurred at trial
or
on appeal).
ARTICLE
IX
GENERAL
PROVISIONS
Section
9.1 Fees
and Expenses.
Except
as otherwise provided herein, all fees and expenses incurred in connection
with
or related to this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby shall be paid by the party incurring such fees
or expenses, whether or not such transactions are consummated. In the event
of
termination of this Agreement, the obligation of each party to pay its own
expenses shall be subject to any rights of such party arising from a breach
of
this Agreement by the other.
Section
9.2 Amendment
and Modification.
This
Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented in any manner, whether
by
course of conduct or otherwise, except by an instrument in writing signed on
behalf of each party and otherwise as expressly set forth herein.
Section
9.3 Waiver.
No
failure or delay of either party in exercising any right or remedy hereunder
shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise
of
any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to
enforce such right or power, or any course of conduct, preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights
and remedies of the parties hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive
of
any rights or remedies, which they would otherwise have hereunder. Any agreement
on the part of either party to any such waiver shall be valid only if set forth
in a written instrument executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer
on
behalf of such party.
Section
9.4 Notices.
All
notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, delivered by
personal delivery, facsimile transmission or other electronic means reasonably
acceptable to both parties (to be followed promptly by written confirmation
mailed by certified mail as provided below) or sent by overnight courier service
or certified mail, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed duly given
on
the earliest of (a) the date of personal delivery,
(b) the date of confirmed receipt if delivered utilizing a next day service
by a
recognized next day courier or (c) the date of recipient's written
acknowledgement of receipt of facsimile transmissions or other electronic means.
All notices hereunder shall be delivered to the addresses set forth below,
or
pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the
party
to receive such notice:
(a) if
to the
Seller, to:
c/o
Charter Communications, Inc.
6399
Fiddler’s Green Circle, 6th Floor
Greenwood
Village, Colorado 80111
Attention:
Carol O’Keeffe
Facsimile:
(720) 200-9276
With
copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Charter
Communications
12405
Powerscourt Drive
St.
Louis, Missouri 63131
Attention:
Shannon R. Dunham
Facsimile:
(314) 965-6640
and:
Gibson,
Dunn & Crutcher LLP
200
Park
Avenue
New
York,
New York 10166
Attention:
Dennis J. Friedman, Esq.
Facsimile:
(212) 351-4035
and:
Sherman
& Howard L.L.C.
633
Seventeenth Street, Suite 3000
Denver,
Colorado 80202
Attention:
Gregory J. Ramos, Esq.
Facsimile:
(303) 298-0940
(b) if
to the
Buyer, to:
c/o
Cebridge Connections
12444
Powerscourt Drive, Suite 450
St.
Louis, Missouri 63131
Attention:
Heather Wood, Senior Vice President, Corporate Development
Facsimile
: (314) 965-0500
and:
Attention:
Craig L. Rosenthal, Vice President and General Counsel
Facsimile:
(314) 315-9322
With
copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Cequel
III, LLC
12444
Powerscourt Drive, Suite 450
St.
Louis, Missouri 63131
Attention:
Wendy Knudsen, Executive Vice President and General Counsel
Facsimile:
(314) 965-0500
and:
Brown
Raysman Millstein Felder & Steiner LLP
900
Third
Avenue
New
York,
New York 10022
Attention:
Stanley E. Bloch
Facsimile:
(212) 895-2900
Rejection
or other refusal to accept or inability to deliver because of a change of
address of which no notice was given shall be deemed to be receipt of the
notice.
Section 9.5 Interpretation.
When a
reference is made in this Agreement to a Section, Article or Exhibit, such
reference shall be to a Section, Article or Exhibit of this Agreement unless
otherwise indicated. The table of contents and headings contained in this
Agreement or in any Exhibit are for convenience of reference purposes only
and
shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
All
words used in this Agreement shall be construed to be of such gender or number
as the circumstances require. Any capitalized terms used in the Disclosure
Schedules or any Exhibit but not otherwise defined therein shall have the
meaning as defined in this Agreement. All Exhibits annexed hereto or referred
to
herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set
forth herein. The word “including”
and
words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall mean “including,
without limitation”, unless otherwise specified.
Section 9.6 Entire
Agreement.
This
Agreement (including the Exhibits and Disclosure Schedules hereto), the
Ancillary Agreements and the Confidentiality Agreement constitute the entire
agreement, and supersede all prior written agreements, arrangements,
communications and understandings and all prior and contemporaneous oral
agreements, arrangements, communications and understandings among the parties
with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. Neither this Agreement
nor
any Ancillary Agreement shall be deemed to contain or imply any restriction,
covenant, representation, warranty, agreement or undertaking of any party with
respect to the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than those
expressly set forth herein or therein or in any document required to be
delivered hereunder or thereunder, and none shall be deemed to exist or be
inferred with respect to the subject matter hereof. Notwithstanding any oral
agreement of the parties or their Representatives to the contrary, no party
to
this Agreement shall be under any legal obligation to enter into or complete
the
transactions contemplated hereby unless and until this Agreement shall have
been
executed and delivered by each of the parties.
Section 9.7 No
Third-Party Beneficiaries.
This
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each of
the
parties and their respective successors and assigns, and nothing in this
Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other
Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature under
or by
reason of this Agreement, except as provided in Article VII.
Section
9.8 Governing
Law.
This
Agreement and all disputes or controversies arising out of or relating to
this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware,
without regard
to
the
laws of any other jurisdiction that might be applied because of the conflicts
of
laws principles of the State of Delaware.
Section
9.9 Submission
to Jurisdiction.
Each of
the parties irrevocably agrees that any legal action or proceeding arising
out
of or relating to this Agreement or for recognition and enforcement of any
judgment in respect hereof brought by the other party or its successors or
assigns may be brought and determined in federal court sitting in the District
of Delaware (or, if such court lacks subject matter jurisdiction, in the
Delaware Court of Chancery or the Delaware Superior Court), and each of the
parties hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts
for itself and with respect to its property, generally and unconditionally,
with
regard to any such action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (and agrees not to commence
any action, suit or proceeding relating thereto except in such courts). Each
of
the parties further agrees to accept service of process in any manner permitted
by such courts. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion or as a defense, counterclaim
or otherwise, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, (a) any claim that it is
not
personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts for any reason
other than the failure lawfully to serve process, (b) that it or its property
is
exempt or immune from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process
commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior
to
judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment
or
otherwise) and (c) to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (i) the suit,
action or proceeding in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum,
(ii)
the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper or (iii) this
Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in or by such
courts.
Section
9.10 Disclosure
Generally.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Disclosure Schedules
or in this Agreement, the information and disclosures contained in any
Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be disclosed and incorporated by
reference in any other Disclosure Schedule as though fully set forth in such
Disclosure Schedule to the extent the applicability of such information and
disclosure in such other Disclosure Schedule is reasonably apparent on its
face.
The fact that any item of information is disclosed in any Disclosure Schedule
shall not be construed to mean that such information is required to be disclosed
by this Agreement. Such information and the dollar thresholds set forth herein
shall not be used as a basis
for
interpreting the terms “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or other similar
terms in this Agreement.
Section
9.11 Personal
Liability.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any Ancillary
Agreement, it is expressly understood and the parties expressly agree that
nothing contained herein or in any Ancillary Agreement or in any other document
contemplated hereby or thereby (whether from a covenant, representation,
warranty or other provision herein or therein) shall create or be deemed
to
create or permit any personal liability or obligation on the part of any
direct
or indirect equityholder of the Seller (or any of its Affiliates) or the
Buyer
(or any of its Affiliates) or any officer, director, employee, agent, partner,
Affiliate or Representative of such equityholder of either party hereto or
such
party’s Affiliates.
Section
9.12 Assignment;
Successors.
Neither
this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this
Agreement may be assigned or delegated, in whole or in part,
by
operation of law or otherwise, by either party without the prior written consent
of the other party, and any such assignment without such prior written consent
shall be null and void; provided,
however,
that
(i) the Buyer may assign any of its rights and interests and delegate any of
its
obligations under this Agreement (in whole or in part) to any Affiliate of
Cebridge and (ii) at or following the Closing, the Buyer may collaterally assign
(in whole or in part) its rights hereunder to any bank or other financing
institution in connection with the Buyer’s financing arrangements, in each case,
without the prior consent of the Seller and; provided further,
that
the Seller may assign any of their rights under this Agreement, including the
right to receive the Purchase Price, to one or more Affiliates of the Seller
without the prior consent of the Buyer and; provided still further,
that no
assignment shall limit the assignor’s obligations hereunder. Subject to the
preceding sentence, this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit
of, and be enforceable by, the parties and their respective successors and
assigns. In
addition, the Seller may assign all or any portion of its rights under this
Agreement (but not obligations) to a qualified intermediary within the meaning
of Section 1.1031(k)-1(g)(4)(iii) of the Code (“Qualified
Intermediary”),
and
the Buyer shall cooperate with the Seller as may be reasonably necessary in
connection with such assignment and the deferred tax-free exchange to be
accomplished in connection therewith, including acknowledging the execution
of a
written agreement between the Seller and the Qualified Intermediary, subject
to
reimbursement by the Seller for actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the
Buyer as the result of a request by the Seller in connection with the
foregoing.
Section
9.13 Enforcement.
(a) The
Seller agrees that, prior to the Closing, irreparable damage would occur in
the
event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed by it
in
accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. Accordingly,
prior to the Closing, the Buyer shall be entitled to specific performance of
the
terms hereof, including an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of
this
Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement
in federal court sitting in the District of Delaware (or, if such court lacks
subject matter jurisdiction, in the Delaware Court of Chancery or the Delaware
Superior Court), this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are
entitled at law or in equity. The Seller further hereby waives (i) any defense
in any action for specific performance that a remedy
at
law would be adequate and (ii) any requirement under any law to post security
as
a prerequisite to obtaining equitable relief.
(b) Each
of
the Seller and the Buyer agree that, after the Closing, irreparable damage
would
occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not
performed by it in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise
breached. Accordingly, after the Closing, the Buyer or the Seller, as
appropriate, shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof,
including an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement
and
to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in federal
court sitting in the District of Delaware (or, if such court lacks subject
matter jurisdiction, in the Delaware Court of Chancery or the Delaware Superior
Court), this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled
at
law or in equity. Each of the Seller and the Buyer further hereby waives
(i) any defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law
would be adequate and (ii) any requirement under any law to post security
as a
prerequisite to obtaining equitable relief.
Section
9.14 Currency.
All
references to “dollars”
or
“$”
or
“US$”
in
this
Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement refer to United States dollars, which
is
the currency used for all purposes in this Agreement and any Ancillary
Agreement.
Section
9.15 Severability.
Whenever possible, each provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement
shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under
applicable Law, but if any provision or portion of any provision of this
Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by
a
court of competent jurisdiction under any applicable Law or rule in any
jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect
any other provision or portion of any provision in such jurisdiction, and this
Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as
if
such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion of any provision
had
never been contained herein and a suitable and equitable provision shall be
substituted therefore in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and
enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable
provision.
Section
9.16 Waiver
of Jury Trial.
EACH OF
THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL
BY
JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO
THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section
9.17 Counterparts.
This
Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be
considered one and the same instrument and shall become effective when one
or
more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to
the
other party.
Section
9.18 Execution.
This
Agreement may be executed by delivery of a signature by facsimile or other
electronic means reasonably acceptable to both parties and such signature shall
constitute an original for all purposes.
Section
9.19 No
Presumption Against Drafting Party.
Each of
the Buyer and the Seller acknowledge that each party to this Agreement has
been
represented by counsel in connection with this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement. Accordingly, any rule of law or any legal
decision that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this
Agreement against the drafting party has no application and is expressly
waived.
[The
remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Seller and the Buyer have caused this Agreement to be
executed as of the date first written above by their respective officers
thereunto duly authorized.
CHARTER
COMMUNICATIONS OPERATING, LLC
By:
/s/
Carol O’Keeffe
Name:
Carol O’Keeffe
Title:
Vice President - Corporate Development
CEBRIDGE
ACQUISITION CO. LLC
By:
/s/
Heather Wood
Name:
Heather Wood
Title:
Senior Vice President - Corporate Development
Exhibit 10.2
Exhibit
10.2
Description
of Charter Communications,
Inc.
2006
Executive Bonus
Plan
Executive
Officers of Charter Communications, Inc. (“Charter”) and certain other
managerial and professional employees of Charter and its subsidiaries are
eligible to participate in Charter's 2006 Executive Bonus Plan. Bonuses for
eligible employees for 2006 will be determined based on the extent to which
Charter’s (or, if applicable, a divisional employee’s particular division’s)
performance during 2006 meets or exceeds budgeted goals with respect to four
performance measures. These measures, and the percentage of an employee’s bonus
allocated to each measure, are Revenue (40%), Adjusted EBITDA excluding
corporate marketing (OCF for Divisional and KMA employees) (20%), Unlevered
Free
Cash Flow (20%) and Customer Satisfaction (20%). Customer Satisfaction will
be
measured against quantifiable statistics determined by the board of directors
or
compensation committee, include 1) repeat service calls within 30 days, 2)
total
trouble call rate and 3) call center service level.
With
respect to each performance measure listed above, the eligible employee would
receive 100% of the portion of his or her target bonus allocated to that
performance measure if Charter’s (or such employee’s division’s) performance
reaches the budgeted goal for that measure. Also, for each performance measure,
the employee would receive a portion of the allocated percentage if the
performance exceeds 95% of the budgeted goal, and could receive as much as
200%
(for Revenue) and 150% (for all other measures) of the allocated percentage
if
the performance exceeds the applicable budgeted goal by 5%. Each employee’s
target bonus is determined based on market data and position within the company.
Target bonuses for executive officers range from 40% to 125% of base salary,
subject to applicable employment agreements.
Exhibit 15.1
Exhibit
15.1
April
28,
2006
Charter
Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries
12405
Powerscourt Drive
St.
Louis, MO 63131
Re:
Form
10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2006
With
respect to the Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2006, we
acknowledge our awareness of the use therein of our report dated April 28,
2006
related to our review of interim financial information.
Pursuant
to Rule 436 under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act), such report is not
considered part of a registration statement prepared or certified by an
independent registered public accounting firm, or a report prepared or certified
by an independent registered public accounting firm within the meaning of
Sections 7 and 11 of the Act.
/s/
KPMG
LLP
St.
Louis, Missouri
Exhibit 31.1
Exhibit
31.1
I,
Neil
Smit, certify that:
1.
|
|
I
have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Charter
Communications, Inc.;
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement
of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects
the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report;
|
|
|
|
4.
|
|
The
registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for
establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange
Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for
the registrant and have:
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Designed
such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being
prepared;
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision,
to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Evaluated
the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures
and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness
of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
Disclosed
in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely
to
materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial
reporting; and
|
|
|
|
5.
|
|
The
registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on
our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting,
to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information;
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.
|
Date:
May
2, 2006
/s/
Neil Smit
Neil
Smit
President
and Chief Executive Officer
EX-31
Exhibit
31.2
I,
Jeffrey T. Fisher, certify that:
1.
|
|
I
have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Charter
Communications, Inc.;
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement
of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects
the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report;
|
|
|
|
4.
|
|
The
registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for
establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange
Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for
the registrant and have:
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Designed
such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being
prepared;
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision,
to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Evaluated
the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures
and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness
of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
Disclosed
in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely
to
materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial
reporting; and
|
|
|
|
5.
|
|
The
registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on
our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting,
to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information;
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.
|
Date:
May
2, 2006
/s/
Jeffrey T. Fisher
Jeffrey
T. Fisher
Chief
Financial Officer
(Principal
Financial Officer)
Exhibit 32.1
Exhibit
32.1
CERTIFICATION
OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE
OFFICER
REGARDING PERIODIC REPORT CONTAINING
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
I,
Neil
Smit, the President and Chief Executive Officer of Charter Communications,
Inc.
(the "Company") in compliance with 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, hereby certify that, the
Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2006
(the
"Report") filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission:
· |
fully
complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934; and
|
· |
the
information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company.
|
/s/
Neil Smit
Neil
Smit
President
and
Chief
Executive Officer
May
2,
2006
Exhibit 32.2
Exhibit
32.2
CERTIFICATION
OF CHIEF FINANCIAL
OFFICER
REGARDING PERIODIC REPORT CONTAINING
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
I,
Jeffrey T. Fisher, the Chief Financial Officer of Charter Communications, Inc.
(the "Company") in compliance with 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, hereby certify that, the
Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2006
(the
"Report") filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission:
· |
fully
complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities
Exchange
Act of 1934; and
|
· |
the
information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company.
|
/s/
Jeffrey T. Fisher
Jeffrey
T. Fisher
Chief
Financial Officer
(Principal
Financial Officer)
May
2,
2006